OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.
However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that
our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you
may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-
cle.
Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD).
The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are
opposite of those written in this manual.
F2
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-
formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-
lished by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-
tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose
to install one of these devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
F3
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
✽✽
NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the
caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
F4
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive
Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very
proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-
fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-
er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-
ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
Copyright 2010 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet
Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page
8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
F5
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts
1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same
parts used by Hyundai Motor
Company to manufacture vehicles.
They are designed and tested for the
optimum safety, performance, and reli-
ability to our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-
neered and built to meet rigid manu-
facturing requirements. Using imita-
tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts
is not covered under the Hyundai New
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other
Hyundai warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of
Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation,
counterfeit or used salvage part is not
covered by any Hyundai Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchas-
ing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to
are packaged with labels written only
in English.
Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold
through authorized Hyundai
Dealerships.
A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L
A100A03L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications & Consumer information
Index
table of contents
1
How to use this manual / 1-2
Fuel requirements / 1-2
Vehicle break-in process / 1-4
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-5
Introduction
Introduction
21
A010000AHM
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your vehi-
cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you
in many ways. We strongly recommend
that you read the entire manual. In order
to minimize the chance of death or injury,
you must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you
learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under vari-
ous road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro-
vided in the Table of Contents. A good
place to start is the index; it has an alpha-
betical listing of all information in your
manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections
plus an index. Each section begins with a
brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that section has the information
you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-
al. These WARNINGs were prepared to
enhance your personal safety.You should
carefully read and follow ALL procedures
and recommendations provided in these
WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
✽✽
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or help-
ful information is being provided.
Gasoline engine
A020101ABH
Unleaded
For Europe
For the optimal vehicle performance, we
recommend you to use unleaded gaso-
line with an octane rating of RON
(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI
(Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher.
You may use unleaded gasoline with an
octane rating of RON 91~94 / AKI 87~90
but it may result in slight performance
reduction of the vehicle.
Except Europe
Your new HYUNDAI vehicle is designed
to use only unleaded fuel having an
Octane Rating of RON (Research
Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock
Index) 87 or higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-
sions and spark plug fouling.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
13
Introduction
A020103AUN
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
and gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol)
are being marketed along with or instead
of leaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either
of these fuels may cause drivability prob-
lems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
may not be covered by the manufactur-
er’s warranty if they result from the use
of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
A020104AEN
Use of MTBE
HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content
2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may
reduce vehicle performance and produce
vapor lock or hard starting.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an acci-
dent.
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The
use of leaded fuel is detrimental to
the catalytic converter and will
damage the engine control sys-
tem’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and any performance prob-
lems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs dri-
vability.
Introduction
41
A020105AUN
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system.
A020106AEN
Gasolines for cleaner air
To help contribute to cleaner air,
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
gasolines treated with detergent addi-
tives, which help prevent deposit forma-
tion in the engine. These gasolines will
help the engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control
System.
A020107AUN
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding reg-
istration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-
able.
A030000AUN
No special break-in period is needed. By
following a few simple precautions for the
first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of
your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long
periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-
erly.
• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3
minutes at one time.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000
km (1,200 miles) of operation.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
15
Introduction
INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Seat belt warning light
High beam indicator
Turn signal indicator
ABS warning light
Parking brake & Brake fluid
warning light
Engine oil pressure warning
light
ESP indicator (if equipped)
ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)
Malfunction indicator light
Air bag warning light
Cruise indicator (if equipped)
Cruise SET indicator
(if equipped)
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
Low fuel level warning light
* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.
Charging system warning light
Low windshield washer fluid
level warning light (if equipped)
A050000ABK-EE
Door ajar warning light
Overspeed warning light
(if equipped)
120
km/h
Key out warning (if equipped)
KEY
OUT
Trunk ajar warning light
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
Tail light indicator (if equipped)
2
Interior overview / 2-2
Instrument panel overview / 2-3
Engine compartment / 2-4
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
22
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-14
2. Outside rearview mirror control
switch................................................4-35
3. Power window switches ....................4-20
4. Trunk lid release switch ....................4-18
5. Fuel filler lid release button...............4-25
6. Hood release lever............................4-24
7. Clutch pedal* ....................................5-13
8. Brake pedal.......................................5-22
9. Accelerator pedal .......................5-6, 5-9
10. Steering wheel tilt ..........................4-32
11. ESP OFF button .............................5-27
12. Rear fog light switch* ......................4-61
13. Head lamp leveling device*.............4-62
14. Instrument panel illumination control
knob*...............................................4-39
15. Light control/Turn signals ................4-58
16. Steering wheel ................................4-31
17. Shift lever...............................5-12, 5-16
18. Parking brake..................................5-23
* : if equipped
OBK019001N
B010000ABH-EE
23
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster.............................4-37
2. Horn .................................................4-32
3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-39
4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-63
5. Ignition switch or engine
start/stop button*.........................5-4, 5-7
6. Hazard warning flasher switch..4-56, 6-2
7. Climate control system ...........4-68, 4-77
8. Seat warmer.......................................3-8
9. Passenger’s front air bag*................3-39
* : if equipped
OBK019002
B020000ABH-EE
Your vehicle at a glance
42
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Negative battery terminal..................7-31
2. Positive battery terminal ...................7-31
3. Fuse and relay box ...........................7-44
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23
5. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-22
6. Air cleaner.........................................7-25
7. Radiator cap .....................................7-20
8. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-17
9. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-17
10. Brake fluid reservoir........................7-21
11. Engine coolant reservoir.................7-19
OBK019003
B030000ABH-EE
■■
2.0 TCI Engine
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
25
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Negative battery terminal..................7-31
2. Positive battery terminal ...................7-31
3. Fuse and relay box ...........................7-44
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23
5. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-22
6. Air cleaner.........................................7-25
7. Radiator cap .....................................7-20
8. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-17
9. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-17
10. Brake fluid reservoir........................7-21
11. Engine coolant reservoir.................7-19
■■
3.8 Engine
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBK019004
3
Seats / 3-2
Seat belts / 3-14
Child restraint system / 3-24
Air bag - supplemental restraint system / 3-33
Safety features of your vehicle
Safety features of your vehicle
23
C010000ABH-EE
Driver’s seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height*
(4) Lumbar support*
(5) Seat warmer*
(6) Headrest
Front passenger’s seat
(7) Forward and backward
(8) Seatback angle*
(9) Walk-in seat
(10) Seat warmer*
(11) Headrest
Rear seat
(12) Seatback locking knob
(in the trunk)
(13) Seatback locking strap
(in the vehicle)
(14) Headrest
*: if equipped
SEATS
OBK039001
33
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver’s foot
area could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident. Do not place
anything under the front seats.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly and be sure
there are no other occupants
around the seat. If the seatback is
returned without being held and
controlled, the back of the seat
could spring forward resulting in
accidental injury to a person struck
by the seatback.
WARNING - Driver respon-
sibility for passengers
Riding in a vehicle with the seat-
back reclined could lead to serious
or fatal injury in an accident. If a
seat is reclined during an accident,
the occupant’s hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen. Serious or
fatal internal injuries could result.
The driver must advise the passen-
ger to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the vehi-
cle is in motion.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property dam-
age.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against a
seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
a seatback could result in serious
or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
collision.
• Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap por-
tion of the seat belt snug and low
across the hips. This is the best
position to protect you in case of
an accident.
• In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
injuries, always sit as far back as
possible from the steering wheel
while maintaining comfortable
control of the vehicle. We recom-
mend that your chest be at least
250 mm (10 inches) away from
the steering wheel.
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Front seat adjustment - manual
C010101ASA
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
C010102AHM
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
OBK039002
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked into
place by attempting to move the
seat forward or reverse without
using the lock release lever.
Sudden or unexpected movement
of the driver's seat could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle result-
ing in an accident.
OBK039003
35
Safety features of your vehicle
C010103AHM
Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)
To change the height of the seat cushion,
push the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever
up several times.
C010104AHM
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
OBK039004 OBK039051N
WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most peo-
ple's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close
to your head as possible. For this
reason, the use of a cushion that
holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed. Severe
injury to the occupants may
occur in the event of an accident.
Headrests may provide protec-
tion against neck injuries when
properly adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest posi-
tion of the driver’s seat while the
vehicle is in motion.
Safety features of your vehicle
63
Forward and backward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to
3 different positions by pulling the head-
rest forward to the desired detent. To
adjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-
ward position, pull it fully forward to the
farthest position and release it. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports the
head and neck.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the head-
rest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling upward (2).
OBK039006
OBK039005
OBK039007
37
Safety features of your vehicle
Reinstall
To reinstall the headrest, put the head-
rest poles (1) into the holes while press-
ing the release button (2). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
Active headrest (if equipped)
The active headrest is designed to move
forward and upward during a rear impact.
This helps prevent the driver's and front
passenger’s heads from moving back-
ward and thus helps minimize neck
injuries.
C010105AHM
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
moving the lever. Pivoting the lever
increases or decreases lumbar support.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to proper-
ly protects the occupants.
OBK039030 HNF2041-1 OBK039008
WARNING
A gap between the seat and the
headrest release button may
appear when seating on the seat or
when you push or pull the seat. Be
careful not to get your finger, etc.
caught in the gap.
Safety features of your vehicle
83
C010107ABK
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmers are provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather. While
the engine is running, push either of the
switches to warm the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the switches in the
OFF position.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the ON
position, the heating system in the seat
turns off or on automatically depending
on the seat temperature.
OBK039009
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Passengers should use extreme
caution when using seat warmers
due to the possibility of excess
heating or burns. The occupants
must be able to feel if the seat is
becoming too warm and to turn the
seat warmer off. In particular, the
driver must exercise extreme care
for the following types of passen-
gers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-
abled persons, or hospital outpa-
tients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold
tablets, etc.)
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage
the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place blankets,
cushions or seat covers on the
seats while the seat warmer is in
operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers. Damage to the seat
warming components could occur.
39
Safety features of your vehicle
C010200AUN
Front seat adjustment - power
(for driver’s seat) (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control knob located on the outside of
the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust
the seat to the proper position so as to
easily control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument panel.
C010201AUN
Forward and backward
Push the control knob forward or back-
ward to move the seat to the desired
position. Release the knob once the seat
reaches the desired position.
WARNING
The power seat is operable with the
ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should never be
left unattended in the car.
CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
once the adjustment is complet-
ed. Excessive operation may
damage the electrical equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount of
electrical power. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain, don’t adjust the power seat
longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
• Do not operate two or more power
seat control knobs at the same
time. Doing so may result in
power seat motor or electrical
component malfunction.
OBK039011
Safety features of your vehicle
103
C010203ABH
Seat cushion height
Pull the front portion of the control knob
up to raise or push down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion. Pull the
rear portion of the control knob up to
raise or push down to lower the rear part
of the seat cushion. Release the knob
once the seat reaches the desired posi-
tion.
C010110ABK
Rear seat entry (Walk in device)
The driver and front passenger's seat-
backs should be tilted to enter the rear
seat.
Driver’s seat
By pulling up the seatback recline lever
(1) the seatback will tilt forward. Then pull
the seat slide adjustment lever up or
push the control knob foward to move the
seat forward.
After getting in or out, recline and return
the seatback to the original position.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
Front passenger’s seat
By pulling up the walk in device lever (2)
on the back of the front passenger’s seat-
back, the seatback will tilt forward. Then
push the seat forward to allow the occu-
pants to enter.
By pulling up the seatback, the seatback
is reclined and returned to the original
position.
OBK039012
OBK039016
OBK039017
311
Safety features of your vehicle
Rear seat
C010307ABK
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Pull out the seatback locking knob (1)
in the trunk or the strap (2) at the cen-
tral of the rearseat.
WARNING
Don't drive with the passenger side
seatback reclined. It is dangerous to
move it while driving. Be sure the
seatback is caterred firmly before
driving.
WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks is to allow you to carry
longer objects than could other-
wise be accommodated.
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the car is moving as this is
not a proper seating position and
no seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of the
front seats. This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
OBK039014
OBK039032
WARNING
• Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving or the
front seats are occupied as the
seat may suddenly move and
cause the passenger on the seat
to be injured.
• Do not put your hands under-
neath the seat while adjusting it.
Safety features of your vehicle
123
3. Fold the seat toward the front of the
vehicle.
4. For shoulder belt, take the belt web-
bing out of the rear shoulder belt guide
and move the rear belt webbing to the
outside so that they don't interfere with
the seatback when folding.
5. When you return the seatback to its
upright position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
6. Insert the belt webbing in the rear
shoulder belt guide.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the seat belt may lock by seatback
folding, you pull out the locked seat belt
then release it.
OMC025039OBK039015
CAUTION
To discourage theft, use only the
seatback locking strap(2) at the
central of the rear seat in an emer-
gency situation(battery is dis-
charged) and normally, hide it not to
visible.
313
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after being
folded down:
Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle. Do not
allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to get caught or pinched in
the rear seat. Ensure that the seat-
back is completely locked into its
upright position by pushing on the
top of the seatback. Otherwise, in
an accident or sudden stop, the
seat could fold down and allow
cargo to enter the passenger com-
partment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
CAUTION - Rear seat belts
• When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belt to
its proper position.
• After returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, check that
the rearseats are secure.
CAUTION
• Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transmission is in P
and the parking brake is applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. The Vehicle may move if
the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior.
• When cargo is loaded through the
rear passenger seats, ensure the
cargo is properly secured to pre-
vent it from moving while driving.
Unsecured cargo in the passen-
ger compartment can cause dam-
age to the vehicle or injury to it’s
occupants.
CAUTION - Damaging rear
seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback,
insert the buckle in the pocket
between the rear seatback and
cushion. Doing so can prevent the
buckle from being damaged by the
rear seatback.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and caus-
ing injury to the vehicle occupants.
Special care should be taken of
objects placed in the rear seats,
since those may hit the front seat
occupants in a frontal collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
143
C020100ABK
Seat belt restraint system
SEAT BELTS
WARNING
• For maximum restraint system
protection, the seat belts must
always be used whenever the car
is moving.
• Seat belts are most effective
when seatbacks are in the
upright position.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow chil-
dren to ride in the front passen-
ger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he/she
must be properly belted and the
seat should be moved as far back
as possible.
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt can cause serious
injuries in a crash. The shoulder
belt should be positioned midway
over your shoulder across your
collarbone.
(Continued)
WARNING
Seat belts are designed to bear
upon the bony structure of the
body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or the
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section
of the belt across the abdominal
area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Care should be taken to avoid con-
tamination of the webbing with pol-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-
ticularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in
a severe impact even if damage to
the assembly is not obvious. Belts
should not be worn with straps
twisted. Each seat belt assembly
must only be used by one occu-
pant; it is dangerous to put a belt
around a child being carried on the
occupant's lap.
WARNING
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
(Continued)
• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.
A twisted belt can't do its job as
well. In a collision, it could even
cut into you. Be sure the belt
webbing is straight and not twist-
ed.
• Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged, replace it.
315
Safety features of your vehicle
C020101ABK-EE
Seat belt warning
Type A
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approxi-
mately 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is unfastened after the ignition switch
is ON, the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds. At
this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the
chime will stop at once.
Type B
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn the
ignition switch ON regardless of belt fas-
tening.
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is disconnected after the ignition
switch is turned ON, the seat belt warn-
ing light will illuminate until the belt is fas-
tened.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated
warning light will start to blink until you
drive under 6km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 100 seconds and the correspon-
ding warning light will blink.
C020102ABH
Lap/shoulder belt
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into
the buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt por-
tion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will
extend and let you move around. If there
is a sudden stop or impact, however, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
1GQA2083
B180A01NF-1
Safety features of your vehicle
163
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
B200A02NF
WARNING
You should place the lap belt por-
tion as low as possible and snugly
across your hips, not on your waist.
If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the
chance of injury in the event of a
collision. Both arms should not be
under or over the belt. Rather, one
should be over and the other under,
as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm nearest the door.
WARNING
Failure to replace seat belts after an
accident could leave you with dam-
aged seat belts that will not provide
protection in the event of another
collision leading to personal injury
or death. Replace your seat belts
after being in an accident as soon
as possible.
317
Safety features of your vehicle
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing the
release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should auto-
matically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Belt guide
The belt guide is used to improve access
to the seat belt and to allow access to the
rear seat.
When fastening your seat belt, tie the
seat belt by using the belt guide as indi-
cated in the illustration.
The belt guide is secured by using the
magnet(1) on the guide strap.
C020200ABH
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and
front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in crashes where
the frontal collision is severe enough.
B210A01NF-1 OBK039053
OED030300
Safety features of your vehicle
183
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner activates, the
load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt. (if equipped)
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-
sists mainly of the following components.
Their locations are shown in the illustra-
tion:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
OBH038100
WARNING
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seat belt must be worn cor-
rectly and adjusted to the proper
position. Please read and follow
all of the important information
and precautions about your vehi-
cle’s occupant safety features –
including seat belts and air bags
– that are provided in this manu-
al.
2. Be sure you and your passen-
gers always wear seat belts prop-
erly.
319
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passen-
ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal oper-
ating conditions and are not haz-
ardous.
• Although it is harmless, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged peri-
ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-
oughly after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were activat-
ed.
✽
✽
NOTICE
Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pre-
tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate for approximately
6 seconds after the ignition switch has
been turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, this warning light
will illuminate even if there is no
malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to ON, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminat-
ing for approximately 6 seconds, or
if it illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-
tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag
system as soon as possible.
WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed to
operate only one time. After acti-
vation, pre-tensioner seat belts
must be replaced. All seat belts,
of any type, should always be
replaced after they have been
worn during a collision.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. This must be done
by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
• Do not strike the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
system in any manner.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
203
WARNING
Every person in your vehicle needs
to be properly restrained at all
times, including infants and chil-
dren. Never hold a child in your
arms or lap when riding in a vehi-
cle. The violent forces created dur-
ing a crash will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the interior. Always use a
child restraint appropriate for your
child's height and weight.
C020300AUN
Seat belt precautions
C020306AUN
Infant or small child
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. For
more information about the use of these
restraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-
tem” in this section.
(Continued)
• Improper handling of the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-tension-
er seat belt assemblies may lead
to improper operation or inadver-
tent activation and serious injury.
• Always wear the seat belts when
driving or riding in a motor vehi-
cle.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat belt must be discarded, con-
tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
WARNING
All occupants of the vehicle must
wear their seat belts at all times.
Seat belts and child restraints
reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries for all occupants in the
event of a collision or sudden stop.
Without a seat belt, occupants
could be shifted too close to a
deploying air bag, strike the interior
structure or be thrown from the
vehicle. Properly worn seat belts
greatly reduce these hazards.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and occu-
pant seating contained in this man-
ual.
321
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a child
restraint system that meets the require-
ments of the Safety Standards of your
country. Before buying any child
restraint system, make sure that it has a
label certifying that it meets Safety
Standards of your country. The restraint
must be appropriate for your child's
height and weight. Check the label on
the child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
C020301AUN
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available
lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should
be fastened and snugged on the hips
and as low as possible. Check if the belt
fits periodically. A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of an
accident when they are restrained by a
proper restraint system in the rear seat. If
a larger child (over age 12) must be seat-
ed in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position. Children
age 12 and under should be restrained
securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a
child age 12 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-
es the child’s neck or face, try placing the
child closer to the center of the vehicle. If
the shoulder belt still touches their face
or neck they need to be returned to a
child restraint system.
WARNING - Shoulder belts
on small children
• Never allow a shoulder belt to be
in contact with a child’s neck or
face while the vehicle is in
motion.
• If seat belts are not properly worn
and adjusted on children, there is
a risk of death or serious injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
223
C020302AKM
Pregnant women
The use of a seat belt is recommended
for pregnant women to lessen the chance
of injury in an accident. When a seat belt
is used, the lap belt portion should be
placed as low and snugly as possible on
the hips, not across the abdomen. For
specific recommendations, consult a
physician.
C020303AUN
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should con-
sult a physician for recommendations.
C020304AUN
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
C020305ABK
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve max-
imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-
tem, all passengers should be sitting up
and the front seats should be in an
upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-
tion if the person is lying down in the rear
seat or if the front seat is in a reclined
position.
WARNING
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a col-
lision or sudden stop. The protec-
tion of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seat.
Seat belts must be snug against
your hips and chest to work proper-
ly. The more the seatback is
reclined, the greater the chance
that an occupant's hips will slide
under the lap belt causing serious
internal injuries or the occupant's
neck could strike the shoulder belt.
Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the seat-
backs upright.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never place
the lap portion of the safety belt
over the area of the abdomen
where the fetus is located or above
the abdomen where the belt could
crush the fetus during an impact.
323
Safety features of your vehicle
C020400ABK
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disas-
sembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
C020401AEN
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected peri-
odically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
C020402AUN
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
C020403AEN
When to replace seat belts
Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. Additional questions concern-
ing seat belt operation should be directed
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after the rear
seatback has been folded down, be
careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle. Be sure that the
webbing or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear seat.
A seat belt with damaged webbing
or buckle could possibly fail during
a collision or sudden stop, result-
ing in serious injury. If the webbing
or buckles are damaged, get them
replaced immediately.
Safety features of your vehicle
243
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C030000AEN
Children riding in the car should sit in the
rear seat and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of injury in
an accident, sudden stop or sudden
maneuver. According to accident statis-
tics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in the
front seat. Larger children not in a child
restraint should use one of the seat belts
provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child and/or
infant safety seats must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat.You must use
a commercially available child restraint
system that meets the requirements of the
Safety Standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are designed to be
secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or
by a tether anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors
(if equipped).
Children could be injured or killed in a
crash if their restraints are not properly
secured. For small children and babies, a
child seat or infant seat must be used.
Before buying a particular child restraint
system, make sure it fits your car seat
and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow
all the instructions provided by the man-
ufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.
WARNING
• A child restraint system must be
placed in the rear seat. Never
install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. Should an
accident occur and cause the
passenger-side air bag to deploy,
it could severely injure or kill an
infant or child seated in an infant
or child seat. Thus only use a
child restraint in the rear seat of
your vehicle.
• A seat belt or child restraint sys-
tem can become very hot if it is
left in a closed vehicle on a sunny
day, even if the outside tempera-
ture does not feel hot. Be sure to
check the seat cover and buckles
before placing a child there.
• When the child restraint system
is not in use, store it in the lug-
gage area or fasten it with a seat
belt so that it will not be thrown
forward in the case of a sudden
stop or an accident.
• Children may be seriously injured
or killed by an inflating air bag.
All children, even those too large
for child restraints, must ride in
the rear seat.
WARNING
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries:
• Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passen-
ger seat can be forcefully struck
by an inflating air bag resulting in
serious or fatal injuries.
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer’s instruc-
tions for installation and use of
the child restraint.
• Always make sure the child seat
is secured properly in the car and
your child is securely restrained
in the child seat.
• Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The
violent forces created during a
crash will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the car’s interior.
• Never put a seat belt over your-
self and a child. During a crash,
the belt could press deep into the
child causing serious internal
injuries.
(Continued)
325
Safety features of your vehicle
C030100AEN
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the use of
a child seat or infant seat is required. This
child seat or infant seat should be of
appropriate size for the child and should
be installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's instructions.
(Continued)
• Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle – not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious
injuries to children inside. Even
very young children may inadver-
tently cause the vehicle to move,
entangle themselves in the win-
dows, or lock themselves or oth-
ers inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or any
two persons, to use the same
seat belt.
• Children often squirm and repo-
sition themselves improperly.
Never let a child ride with the
shoulder belt under their arm or
behind their back. Always proper-
ly position and secure children in
the rear seat.
• Never allow a child to stand-up or
kneel on the seat or floor of a
moving vehicle. During a colli-
sion or sudden stop, the child
can be violently thrown against
the vehicle’s interior, resulting in
serious injury.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not pro-
vide adequate security in an acci-
dent.
• Seat belts can become very hot,
especially when the vehicle is
parked in direct sunlight. Always
check seat belt buckles before
fastening them over a child.
CRS09
OBK039018
Forward-facing child restraint system
Rearward-facing child restraint system
Safety features of your vehicle
263
For safety reasons, we recommend that
the child restraint system be used in the
rear seats.
C030102ABK
Installing a child restraint system by
lap/shoulder belt
To install a child restraint system on the
rear seats do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in the
seat and route the lap/shoulder belt
around or through the restraint, follow-
ing the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions. Be sure the seat belt web-
bing is not twisted.
WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger that an
inflating passenger-side air bag
could impact the rear-facing child
restraint and kill the child.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not
properly restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read the
instructions supplied by the child
restraint system manufacturer.
• If the seat belt does not operate
as described in this section, have
the system checked immediately
by your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual's
instructions regarding child
restraint systems and the
instructions provided with the
child restraint system could
increase the chance and/or
severity of injury in an accident.
E2MS103005
327
Safety features of your vehicle
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”
sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat
belt to take up any slack. After installa-
tion of the child restraint system, try to
move it in all directions to be sure the
child restraint system is securely
installed.
If you need to tighten the belt, pull more
webbing toward the retractor. When you
unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to
retract, the retractor will automatically
revert back to its normal seated passen-
ger emergency locking usage condition.
OEN036101 OEN036104
Safety features of your vehicle
283
C030103ABH
Securing a child restraint seat with
“Tether Anchor” system
(if equipped)
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the package tray.
Seating position
Age group
0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months) X U
0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years) X U
I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years) X
U
II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years) X U
Front
passenger
Rear
outboard
C030105ABK
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt - For Europe
Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your
children. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.
U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group
UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for the use in
this mass group
X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group
OBK039034
329
Safety features of your vehicle
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the head-
rest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
appropriate child restraint hook holder
and tighten to secure the seat.
WARNING - Child restraint
check
Check that the child restraint sys-
tem is secure by pushing and
pulling it in different directions.
Incorrectly fitted child restraints
may swing, twist, tip or separate
causing death or serious injury.
OBK039035
WARNING
- Child restraint anchorage
• Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used for
adult seat belts or harnesses or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere
other than the correct tether
anchor.
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one child
restraint to a single tether or to a
single lower anchorage point. The
increased load caused by multiple
seats may cause the tethers or
anchorage points to break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not prop-
erly restrained in the child restraint.
Always follow the child seat manu-
facturer’s instructions for installa-
tion and use.
Safety features of your vehicle
303
C030104ABK
Securing a child restraint system
with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether
Anchorage” system (if equipped)
ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-
ting child seats that eliminates the need
to use the standard adult seat belt to
secure the seat in the vehicle. This
enables a much more secure and posi-
tive location with the added benefit of
easier and quicker installation.
An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if it
has vehicle-specific approval in accor-
dance with the requirements of ECE-
R44.
There is a child restraint symbol located
on the lower portion of each side of the
rear seatbacks. These symbols indicate
the position of the lower anchors for child
restraints so equipped.
On each side of the rear seat, back of the
rearseat cushion, are located a pair of
ISOFIX anchorage points together with a
top tether mounting on the shelf behind
the rear seats. During the installation, the
seat has to be engaged at the anchor-
age-points in a way you can hear it click-
ing (check by pulling!) and has to be fixed
with the Top Tether-belt on the belonging
point on the shelf behind rear seats.
OBK039036
OBK039037L
ISOFIX Anchor
ISOFIX Anchor
Position Indicator
331
Safety features of your vehicle
The installing and the use of a child-seat
has to be done according to the
installing-manual, which is added to the
ISOFIX-seat.
To secure the child restraint seat
1. To engage the child restraint seat to
the ISOFIX anchor, insert the child
restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX
anchor. Listen for the audible “click”
sound.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
child restraint hook holder and tighten
to secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-
ous page.)
WARNING
Install the child restraint seat fully
rearward against the seatback with
the seatback in a vertical position,
not reclined.
WARNING
When using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"
system to install a child restraint
system in the rear seat, all unused
vehicle rear seat belt metal latch
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt buckles
and the seat belt webbing must be
retracted behind the child restraint
to prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted seat
belts. Unlatched metal latch plates
or tabs may allow the child to reach
the unretracted seat belts which
may result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the child
in the child restraint.
CAUTION
Do not allow the rear seat belt web-
bing to get scratched or pinched by
the ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIX
anchor during the installation.
WARNING
• Do not install a child restraint
seat at the center of the rear seat
using the vehicle's ISOFIX
anchors. The ISOFIX anchors are
only provided for the left and
right outboard rear seating posi-
tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIX
anchors by attempting to attach a
child restraint seat in the middle
of the rear seat to the ISOFIX
anchors.
(Continued)
(Continued)
In a crash, the child restraint seat
ISOFIX attachments may not be
strong enough to secure the child
restraint seat properly in the cen-
ter of the rear seat and may
break, causing serious injury or
death.
• Do not mount more than one
child restraint to a child restraint
lower anchorage point. The
improper increased load may
cause the anchorage points or
tether anchor to break, causing
serious injury or death.
• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-
patible child restraint seat only to
the appropriate locations shown
in the illustration.
• Always follow the installation and
use instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the child
restraint.
Safety features of your vehicle
323
F ISO/L1 - X X -
G ISO/L2 - X X -
E ISO/R1 - X X -
E ISO/R1 - X X -
D ISO/R2 - X X -
C ISO/R3 - X X -
D ISO/R2 - X X -
C ISO/R3 - X X -
B ISO/F2 - IUF IUF -
B1 ISO/F2X - IUF IUF -
A ISO/F3 - X X -
Rear Outboard
(Passenger side)
Rear Outboard
(Driver side)
Front Passenger
FixtureSize ClassMass Group
Carrycot
0 : UP to 10kg
0+ : UP to 13kg
I : 9 to 18kg
Rear Center
vehicle ISOFIX positions
IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of
universal category approved for use in the mass group.
X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint sys-
tem in this mass group and/or this size class.
* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the
foremost position of the passenger seat.
* ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures
A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height
720mm)
B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS
(height 650mm)
B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface
Shape Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm)
C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS
D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS
E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRS
F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)
G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)
C030106ABK
Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions- For Europe
333
Safety features of your vehicle
C040000ABK
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag*
(3) Side impact air bag*
(4) Curtain air bag*
* : if equipped
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
OBK039019
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and
severity of injury in the event of a
collision or rollover.
Safety features of your vehicle
343
C040900AEN
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or START
position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the event of
a serious frontal or side collision (if
equipped with side impact air bag or
curtain air bag) in order to help protect
the occupants from serious physical
injury.
• There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a col-
lision and its direction. These two fac-
tors determine whether the sensors
produce an electronic deployment/
inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the densi-
ty and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle hits in the
collision. The determining factors are
not limited to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you will sim-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments after
the collision.
• In order to help provide protection in a
severe collision, the air bags must
inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag
inflation is a consequence of the
extremely short time in which a collision
occurs and the need to inflate the air
bag between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occupant
impacts those structures. This speed of
inflation reduces the risk of serious or
life-threatening injuries in a severe col-
lision and is thus a necessary part of air
bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones
because the inflation speed also caus-
es the air bags to expand with a great
deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer-
ing wheel air bag can cause fatal
injuries, especially if the occupant
is positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel.
WARNING
• To avoid severe personal injury
or death caused by deploying air
bags in a collision, the driver
should sit as far back from the
steering wheel air bag as possi-
ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)
away). The front passengers
should always move their seats
as far back as possible and sit
back in their seat.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
event of collision, and passen-
gers may be injured by the air bag
expansion force if they are not in
proper position.
• Air bag inflation may cause
injuries including facial or bodily
abrasions, injuries from broken
glasses or burns.
335
Safety features of your vehicle
C040902AEN
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and they leave smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the igni-
tion of the air bag inflator. After the air
bag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-
comfort in breathing due to the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and the
air bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though the smoke and powder are non-
toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult a doctor if the
symptom persists.
C040903AEN
Do not install a child restraint on the
front passenger’s seat.
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger’s seat. If the air
bag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-
ing child restraint, causing serious or
fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing child
restraints in the front passenger’s seat
either. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it could cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
1JBH3051
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel and/or instrument panel
and/or in both sides of the roof rails
above the front and rear doors are
very hot. To prevent injury, do not
touch the air bag storage area’s
internal components immediately
after an air bag has inflated.
WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on
a seat protected by an air bag in
front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in the
front passenger’s seat. If the front
passenger air bag inflates, it can
cause serious or fatal injuries.
Safety features of your vehicle
363
C041000AEN
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert you of
a potential problem with your air bag -
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
the warning light should illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
C040100AEN
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following com-
ponents:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module*
3. Side impact air bag modules*
4. Curtain air bag modules*
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors*
*: if equipped
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light " " on
the instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position, after which
the SRS air bag warning light " "
should go out.
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as soon as
possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
W7-147 OBK039052N
337
Safety features of your vehicle
The front air bag modules are located
both in the center of the steering wheel
and in the front passenger's panel above
the glove box. When the SRSCM detects
a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
then allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other con-
trols.
B240B01L
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B02L B240B03L
Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)
Safety features of your vehicle
383
WARNING
• Do not install or place any acces-
sories (drink holder, cassette
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box in a vehicle with a pas-
senger's air bag. Such objects
may become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the pas-
senger's air bag inflates.
• When installing a container of liq-
uid air freshener inside the vehi-
cle, do not place it near the
instrument cluster nor on the
instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous pro-
jectile and cause injury if the pas-
senger's air bag inflates.
B240B05L
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle.
These conditions are normal and
are not hazardous - the air bags
are packed in this fine powder.
The dust generated during air
bag deployment may cause skin
or eye irritation as well as aggra-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with lukewarm
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags
were deployed.
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. If the SRS "AIR BAG"
warning light does not illuminate,
or continuously remains on after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, or after the
engine is started, comes on while
driving, the SRS is not working
properly. If this occurs, have your
vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Before you replace a fuse or dis-
connect a battery terminal, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the ignition
key. Never remove or replace the
air bag related fuse(s) when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion. Failure to heed this warning
will cause the SRS “AIR BAG”
warning light to illuminate.
339
Safety features of your vehicle
C040400ABH-EE
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver
and passenger seating positions. The
indications of the system's presence are
the letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed on
the air bag pad cover in the steering
wheel and the passenger's side front
panel pad above the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center of the
steering wheel and the passenger's side
front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity.
OBK039020
Driver’s front air bag
WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with con-
siderable force and in the blink of
an eye. Seat belts help keep occu-
pants in proper position to obtain
maximum benefit from the air bag.
Even with air bags, improperly belt-
ed and unbelted occupants can be
severely injured when the air bag
inflates. Always follow the precau-
tions about seat belts, air bags and
occupant safety contained in this
manual.
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries and receive the maxi-
mum safety benefit from your
restraint system:
• Never place a child in any child or
booster seat in the front seat.
• ABC – Always Buckle Children in
the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
ride.
• Front and side air bags can injure
occupants improperly positioned
in the front seats.
(Continued)
OBK039021
Passenger’s front air bag (if equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle
403
(Continued)
• Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air bags,
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
• You and your passengers should
never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags. Improperly
positioned drivers and passen-
gers can be severely injured by
inflating air bags.
• Never lean against the door or
center console – always sit in an
upright position.
• No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to deploy.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to acci-
dental deployment of the air bags
or by rendering the SRS inopera-
tive.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the SRS air bag warning light
“ ”remains illuminated while
the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
• Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace the air bag imme-
diately after deployment.
• The SRS is designed to deploy
the front air bags only when an
impact is sufficiently severe and
when the impact angle is less
than 30° from the forward longitu-
dinal axis of the vehicle.
Additionally, the air bags will only
deploy once. Seat belts must be
worn at all times.
• Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-
impact or rollover crashes. In
addition, front air bags will not
deploy in frontal crashes below
the deployment threshold.
(Continued)
OBK039044
OBK039045
OBK039050
Rear impact
Side impact
Rollover
341
Safety features of your vehicle
C040600ABK
Side impact air bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat. The
purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
(Continued)
• A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front seat.
The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an air
bag deployment in case of an
accident.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow chil-
dren to ride in the front passen-
ger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he or
she must be properly belted and
the seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
• For maximum safety protection in
all types of crashes, all occu-
pants including the driver should
always wear their seat belts
whether or not an air bag is also
provided at their seating position
to minimize the risk of severe
injury or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean unneces-
sarily close to the air bag while
the vehicle is in motion.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Sitting improperly or out of posi-
tion can result in serious or fatal
injury in a crash. All occupants
should sit upright with the seat
back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfort-
ably extended and their feet on
the floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
• The SRS air bag system must
deploy very rapidly to provide
protection in a crash. If an occu-
pant is out of position because of
not wearing a seat belt, the air
bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal
injuries.
OBK039022
OBK039038
Front
Safety features of your vehicle
423
The side impact air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash sever-
ity, angle, speed and point of impact. The
side impact air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact situations.
WARNING
• The side impact air bag is sup-
plemental to the seat belt sys-
tems and is not a substitute for
them. Therefore your seat belts
must be worn at all times while
the vehicle is in motion. The air
bags deploy only in certain side
impact conditions severe enough
to cause significant injury to the
vehicle occupants.
• For best protection from the side
impact air bag system and to
avoid being injured by the
deploying side impact air bag,
both front seat occupants should
sit in an upright position with the
seat belt properly fastened. The
driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at the 9:00
and 3:00 positions. The passen-
ger’ arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Use of seat covers could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness of
the system.
• Do not install any accessories on
the side or near the side impact
air bag.
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag
and yourself.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
door and the seat. Such objects
may become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the sup-
plemental side impact air bag
inflates.
• To prevent unexpected deploy-
ment of the side impact air bag
that may result in personal injury,
avoid impact to the side impact
sensor when the ignition switch
is on.
• If the seat or seat cover is dam-
aged, have the vehicle checked
and repaired by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer because your
vehicle is equipped with side
impact air bags.
343
Safety features of your vehicle
C040700ABK
Curtain air bag (if equipped)
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants in cer-
tain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact colli-
sions, depending on the crash severity,
angle, speed and impact. The curtain air
bags are not designed to deploy in all
side impact situations, collisions from the
front or rear of the vehicle or in most
rollover situations.
WARNING
• In order for side and curtain air
bags to provide the best protec-
tion, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belts properly fas-
tened. Importantly, children
should sit in a proper child
restraint system in the rear seat.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and passen-
gers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
• Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain
air bag system. This should only
be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Failure to follow the above instruc-
tions can result in injury or death to
the vehicle occupants in an acci-
dent.
OBK039039
OBK039040
Safety features of your vehicle
443
C040800ABK
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expect-
ed to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. In other words, just because
your vehicle is damaged and even if it
is totally unusable, don’t be surprised
that the air bags did not inflate.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor (G-Type)
(4) Side impact sensor (P-Type)
OBK039023/OBK039024/OBK039025/OBK039055
1
2
3 4
345
Safety features of your vehicle
C040801AEN
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the intensi-
ty, speed or angles of impact of the front
collision.
OBK039041
(Continued)
• Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the
front bumper, body or B and C pil-
lars where side collision sensors
are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Your vehicle has been designed
to absorb impact and deploy the
air bag(s) in certain collisions.
Installing bumper guards or
replacing a bumper with non-gen-
uine parts may adversely affect
your vehicle’s collision and air
bag deployment performance.
WARNING
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury
or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered in
any way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they may
not deploy when they should,
causing severe injury or death.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
463
Side impact and curtain air bags
(if equipped)
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s and
front passenger’s air bags) are designed
to inflate in frontal collisions, they also
may inflate in other types of collisions if
the front impact sensors detect a suffi-
cient impact. Side impact and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate in side
impact collisions, but they may inflate in
other collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
C040802AEN
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts
in such collisions.
OBK039043
OBK039045
OBK039038
347
Safety features of your vehicle
• Frontal air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because occu-
pants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case, inflat-
ed air bags would not be able to pro-
vide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move to the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag
deployment would not provide addi-
tional occupant protection.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles of
impact.
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional bene-
fit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
OBK039046OBK039045OBK039044
Safety features of your vehicle
483
• Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
“ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be signifi-
cantly reduced by such “under-ride”
collisions.
• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-
dents because air bag deployment
would not provide protection to the
occupants.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision, if
the vehicle is equipped with side
impact air bags and curtain air bags.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated to one area and
the full force of the impact is not deliv-
ered to the sensors.
OBK039047 OBK039050 OBK039049
349
Safety features of your vehicle
C041100ABK
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warnin light does not illuminate when
you turn the ignition ON, or if it continu-
ously remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger's panel, front seats and roof
rails must be performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of
the SRS system may result in serious
personal injury.
WARNING
• Modification to SRS components
or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the
body structure, can adversely
affect SRS performance and lead
to possible injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-
ers, use only a soft, dry cloth or
one which has been moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
•
No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument panel,
and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box, because any
such object could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe enough
to cause the air bags to inflate.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the air bags inflate, they must
be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring, or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to acci-
dental inflation of the air bags or
by rendering the SRS inopera-
tive.
• If components of the air bag sys-
tem must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed. An authorized
HYUNDAI dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and pro-
cedures could increase the risk
of personal injury.
• If your car was flooded and has
soaked carpeting or water on the
flooring, you shouldn't try to start
the engine; have the car towed to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
503
C041300AUN
Additional safety precautions
• Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded-
down back seat. All occupants should
sit upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor.
• Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wear-
ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-
gency stop can be thrown against the
inside of the vehicle, against other
occupants, or out of the vehicle.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the
chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between them-
selves and the air bags. Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
• Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor. If occupants are too close to the
air bag covers, they could be injured if
the air bags inflate.
• Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers. Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side air bag covers could interfere with
the proper operation of the air bags.
• Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
• Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation
of the supplemental restraint system
sensing components and wiring har-
nesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on your
lap. The infant or child could be seri-
ously injured or killed in the event of a
crash. All infants and children should
be properly restrained in appropriate
child safety seats or seat belts in the
rear seat.
C041400AUN
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
WARNING
• Sitting improperly or out of posi-
tion can cause occupants to be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior struc-
ture or be thrown from the vehicle
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always sit upright with the seat-
back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with
your seat belt on, legs comfort-
ably extended and your feet on
the floor.
351
Safety features of your vehicle
C041200AUN
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers (if equipped) of potential risk of air bag system.
Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, we also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are
exposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.
OBK039027N/OBK039028N/OBK039056N/OBK039057N
1
2
3
(if equipped)
(if equipped)
4
Keys / 4-3
Smart key / 4-5
Remote keyless entry / 4-8
Theft-alarm system / 4-11
Door locks / 4-14
Trunk / 4-18
Windows / 4-20
Hood / 4-24
Fuel filler lid / 4-25
Sunroof / 4-28
Steering wheel / 4-31
Mirrors / 4-33
Instrument cluster / 4-37
Rear parking assist system / 4-54
Hazard warning flasher / 4-56
Lighting / 4-57
Wipers and washers / 4-63
Interior light / 4-65
Defroster / 4-67
Manual climate control system / 4-68
Automatic climate control system / 4-77
Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-87
Storage compartment / 4-90
Features of your vehicle
Interior features / 4-91
Audio system / 4-97
Features of your vehicle
4
43
Features of your vehicle
D010100AEN
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on the
bar code tag attached to the key set.
Should you lose your keys, this number
will enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er to duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the bar code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the code number and
keep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).
D010200AEN
Key operations
Used to start the engine, lock and unlock
the doors.
D010300ABK
Immobilizer system (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system to
reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle
use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the ignition key
and electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you insert your ignition key into the igni-
tion switch and turn it to ON, it checks
and determines and verifies if the ignition
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
KEYS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Ignition key
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the ignition key is dan-
gerous even if the key is not in the
ignition switch. Children copy
adults and they could place the key
in the ignition switch. The ignition
key would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other con-
trols, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
bodily injury or even death. Never
leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children.
OBK049113N
WARNING
Use only HYUNDAI original parts
for the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used, the
ignition switch may not return to
ON after START. If this happens,
the starter will continue to operate
causing damage to the starter
motor and possible fire due to
excessive current in the wiring.
OHD046100
Features of your vehicle
44
To deactivate the immobilizer sys-
tem:
Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-
der and turn it to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
The immobilizer system activates auto-
matically. Without a valid ignition key for
your vehicle, the engine will not start.
✽✽
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
✽
✽
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobilizer system. It is designed
to give years of trouble-free service,
however you should avoid expo-
sure to moisture, static electricity
and rough handling. Immobilizer
system malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch. Metal acces-
sories may interrupt the transpon-
der signal and may prevent the
engine from being started.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
Immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave
this number anywhere in your vehi-
cle.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer sys-
tem to malfunction and should only
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
45
Features of your vehicle
D040000ABK
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door and even start the engine without
inserting the key.
The functions of buttons on a smart key
are similar to the remote keyless entry.
(Refer to the “Remote keyless entry” in
this section.)
D040100ABK
Smart key functions
With the smart key, you can lock and
unlock the vehicle doors, and the smart
key enables starting of the engine as
well. Detailed information follows:
D040101ABK
Locking
Pressing the button of the outside door
handles with all doors closed and any
door unlocked, locks all the doors. The
hazard warning lights blink once to indi-
cate that all doors are locked. The button
will only operate when the smart key is
within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the out-
side door handle. If you want to make
sure that a door has locked or not, you
should check the door lock button inside
the vehicle or pull the outside door han-
dle.
Even though you press the outside door
handle buttons, the doors will not lock
and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if
any of following occur:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ignition switch is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any door except the trunk is open.
D040102ABK
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front outside
door handles with all doors closed and
locked, unlocks all the doors. The hazard
warning lights blink twice to indicate that
all doors are unlocked. The button will
only operate when the smart key is with-
in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside
door handle.
When the smart key is recognized in the
area of 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the front
outside door handle, other people can
also open the door without possession of
the smart key.
D040104AEN
Start-up
You can start the engine without inserting
the key. For detailed information refer to
“Engine start/stop button” in section 5.
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
OYF049211
OBK049002
Features of your vehicle
64
D040300AEN
Smart key precautions
✽✽
NOTICE
• If, for some reason, you happen to lose
your smart key, you will not be able to
start the engine. Tow the vehicle, if
necessary, and contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, you should immedi-
ately take the vehicle and key to your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro-
tect it from potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any of
following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key.
- You keep the smart key near a
mobile two-way radio system or a
cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
D040500ABH
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for sever-
al years, but if the smart key is not work-
ing properly, try replacing the battery with
a new one. If you are unsure how to use
your smart key or replace the battery,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
The circuit inside the smart key can
have a problem if exposed to moisture
or static electricity. If you are unsure
how to use your smart key or replace the
battery, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
er’s vehicle warranty.
OBH048004
47
Features of your vehicle
1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart
key.
2. Replace the battery with a new battery
(CR2032). When replacing the battery,
make sure the battery positive “+” sym-
bol faces up as indicated in the illus-
tration.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to
use the correct battery.
• Circuits inside the smart key may
develop problems when dropped,
exposed to moisture or static elec-
tricity.
• If you suspect that your smart key
might have sustained some damage,
or you feel your smart key is not
working correctly, contact an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Door lock/unlock in an emer-
gency situation
If the smart key does not operate nor-
mally, you can lock or unlock the doors by
using the mechanical key.
1.Depress and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical key (2).
2.Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a
click sound is heard.
OYF049212 OBK049003
CAUTION
An inappropriately disposed bat-
tery can be harmful to the environ-
ment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
Features of your vehicle
84
Remote keyless entry system
operations
D020101ABK-EE
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button is
pressed.
If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink once to indicate that all
doors are locked.
However, if any door remains open, the
hazard warning lights will not operate. If
all doors (and trunk) are closed after the
lock button is pressed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink.
D020102ABK-EE
Unlock (2)
All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-
ton is pressed.
The hazard warning lights will blink twice
to indicate that all doors are unlocked.
After depressing this button, the doors
will be locked automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
D020104ABK-EE
Trunk unlock (3)
The trunk is unlocked if the button is
pressed for more than 1 second.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed with all doors locked, the trunk will
be locked automatically.
D020105AEN
Panic (4) (if equipped)
The horn sounds and hazard warning
lights flash for about 30 seconds if this
button is pressed. To stop the horn and
lights, press any button on the transmit-
ter.
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
OBK049114N
OYF049213
Type A
Type B
49
Features of your vehicle
D020200AEN
Transmitter precautions
✽✽
NOTICE
The transmitter will not work if any of
following occur:
• The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).
• The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the ignition key. If you have a problem
with the transmitter, contact an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
D020300ABK
Battery replacement
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-
tery which will normally last for several
years. When replacement is necessary,
use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-
tly pry open the transmitter center
cover.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
er’s vehicle warranty.
ONF048120
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
er vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
104
2. Replace the battery with a new battery
(CR2032). When replacing the battery,
make sure the battery positive “+” sym-
bol faces up.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
For replacement transmitters, see an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-
ter reprogramming.
CAUTION
• The keyless entry system trans-
mitter is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, howev-
er it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use your
transmitter or replace the battery,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter to malfunc-
tion. Be sure to use the correct
battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmit-
ter, don't drop it, get it wet, or
expose it to heat or sunlight.
HNF2005
CAUTION
An inappropriately disposed bat-
tery can be harmful to the environ-
ment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
411
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
D030000APB
This system is designed to provide pro-
tection from unauthorized entry into the
car. This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the
second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and
the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-
gered, the system provides an audible
alarm with the hazard warning light blink-
ing.
D030100ABK
Armed stage
Park the car and stop the engine. Arm
the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion switch (or turn off the engine).
2. Make sure that all doors, the engine
hood and trunk lid are closed and
latched.
3. • Lock the doors by depressing the
door lock button on the transmitter
(or smart key).
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door, trunk lid or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights won’t operate and theft-alarm
will not arm. After this, if all doors,
trunk lid and engine hood are closed,
the hazard warning lights blink once.
• Lock the doors by pressing the button
in the front outside door handles with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door, trunk lid or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights won’t operate and theft-alarm
will not arm. To arm the system, close
all the doors, trunk lid and engine
hood, and try again to lock the doors.
• Do not arm the system until all pas-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passen-
ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the
alarm may be activated when the
remaining passenger(s) leave the
vehicle. If any door, trunk lid or
engine hood is opened within 30
seconds after entering the armed
stage, the system is disarmed to
prevent unnecessary alarm.
Armed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
Disarmed
stage
Features of your vehicle
124
D030200ABH-EE
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
• A door is opened without using the
transmitter (or smart key).
• The trunk is opened without using the
transmitter (or smart key).
✽✽
NOTICE
If the trunk is opened by using the
transmitter (or smart key), the alarm
will not be activated, but doors, hood,
and ignition switch keep arming condi-
tion.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will be locked and
armed automatically.
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 30 seconds. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the trans-
mitter (or smart key).
D030400ABK-EE
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when the
doors are unlocked with the transmitter
(or smart key).
After depressing the unlock button, the
hazard warning lights will blink twice to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if any
door is not opened within 30 seconds,
the system will be rearmed.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starter motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with the
transmitter, insert the key into the
ignition switch, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position and wait for
30 seconds. Then the system will be
disarmed. (Except China)
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
theft-alarm system because it could
cause the theft-alarm system to
malfunction and should only be
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the theft-alarm system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
413
Features of your vehicle
Security indicator (if equipped)
When you arm the system, the security
indicator (1) turns on for about 30 sec-
onds. After then, the security indicator
blinks continuously.
When you disarm the system and turn
the ignition switch to the ACC or ON posi-
tion, the security indicator turns off.
OBK049133N
Features of your vehicle
144
D050100ABK
Operating door locks from out-
side the vehicle
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
• If you lock/unlock any door with a key,
all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-
matically.
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter (or smart
key). (if equipped)
• If the smart key does not operate nor-
mally, you can lock or unlock the door
by using the mechanical key. Depress
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key(2).
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
• When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door locks
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-
ple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating
temporarily in order to protect the
circuit and prevent damage to system
components.
• If you open the door when the window
is closed completely, the window will
go down slightly. If you close the door
when the window is closed completely,
the window will go up slightly.
It is to reduce the airflow noise and
prevent water leakage by closing the
door completely. Mechanical noise
may be heard when you close and
open the door, but this condition is
normal.
DOOR LOCKS
OBK049003N
OYF049212
if equipped
Type A
Type B
Lock
Lock
Unlock
Unlock
415
Features of your vehicle
• To lock a door without the key, push the
inside door lock button (1) or central
door lock switch (2
)
to the “Lock” posi-
tion and close the door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors
will lock automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key, engage
the parking brake, close all windows
and lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
D050201ABK-EE
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The
red mark (2) on the door lock button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock but-
ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door
is locked properly, the red mark (2) on
the door lock button will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s
(or front passenger’s) door is pulled
when the door lock button is in lock
position, the button is unlocked and the
door opens. (if equipped)
• Doors cannot be locked if the ignition
key is in the ignition switch (or smart
key is in the vehicle) and any door is
open.
OBK049005
Lock
Unlock
WARNING - Door lock mal-
function
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehi-
cle, try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from out-
side.
OBK049004
Features of your vehicle
164
D050202ABK
With central door lock switch
Operate by depressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pushing down on the right por-
tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors
will lock.
• When pushing down on the left portion
(2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or
smart key is in the vehicle) and any
door is open, the doors will not lock
when the right portion (1) of central
door lock switch is pressed.
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can
invite theft or possible harm to you
or others from someone hiding in
your vehicle while you are gone.
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
WARNING - Unattended
children
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
dren or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle. Furthermore, children
might operate features of the vehi-
cle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possi-
bly from someone gaining entry to
the vehicle. Never leave children or
animals unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehi-
cle is in motion to prevent acci-
dental opening of the door.
Locked doors will also discour-
age potential intruders when the
vehicle stops or slows.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcy-
cles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
OBK049006
Driver’s door
417
Features of your vehicle
D050300ABH
Impact sensing door unlock sys-
tem
All doors will be automatically unlocked
after an impact causes the air bags to
deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
(if equipped)
Type A
All doors will be automatically locked
after the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h.
Type B
All doors will be automatically locked
after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
And all doors will be automatically
unlocked when you turn the engine off or
when you remove the ignition key. (if
equipped)
D050400ABK
✽✽
NOTICE
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can
change the speed of the speed sensing
door lock system from 40km/h to
20km/h or disable the system.
Features of your vehicle
184
TRUNK
D070100ABK-EE
Opening the trunk
• To open the trunk, press the trunk
unlock button on the transmitter for
more than 1 second (or smart key).
• To open the trunk from inside the vehi-
cle, pull the trunk lid release lever.
• If the trunk is unlocked, it can be
opened by pulling the handle up.
• Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk is locked automatical-
ly.
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work proper-
ly due to freezing conditions.
D070200ABH
Closing the trunk
To close the trunk, lower and push down
the trunk lid until it locks. To be sure the
trunk lid is securely fastened, always
check by trying to pull it up again.
WARNING
The trunk lid should be always kept
completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases may
enter the car and serious illness or
death may result.
OBK049007
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
trunk lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the trunk is not closed
prior to driving.
WARNING
The trunk swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when open-
ing the trunk.
419
Features of your vehicle
D070300ABK
Emergency trunk safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with an emer-
gency trunk safety release lever located
inside the trunk. If someone is inadver-
tently locked in the trunk, moving the
lever in the direction of the arrow will
release the trunk latch mechanism and
open the trunk.
OBK049008
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully aware
of the location of the emergency
trunk safety release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the
trunk if you are accidentally
locked in the trunk.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the trunk at any time. The
trunk is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emer-
gencies only. Use extreme cau-
tion, especially while the vehicle
is in motion.
Features of your vehicle
204
D080000ABK
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power win-
dow switch
(3) Window opening and closing
(4) Automatic power window up/down
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
WINDOWS
OBK049009
421
Features of your vehicle
D080100ABK
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The
power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the igni-
tion key is removed or turned to the ACC
or LOCK position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated within the 30 second
period after ignition key removal, or
turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
✽✽
NOTICE
While driving with the sunroof in an
open (or partially open) position, your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet-
ing or pulsation noise. This noise is a
normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by slightly reducing the
size of the sunroof opening.
D080101AUN
Window opening and closing
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win-
dows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corre-
sponding switch to the first detent posi-
tion (3).
D080103AUN
Auto up/down window
Depressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the second
detent position (4) completely lowers or
lifts the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or depress and release
the switch to the opposite direction of the
movement.
OBK049138N
Features of your vehicle
224
If the power window is not operated cor-
rectly, the automatic power window sys-
tem must be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion.
2. Open the window fully by manual
down(press the front portion of the
switch to the first detent position.).
3. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position and to the ON position again
within 2 seconds.
4. Press the front portion of the switch 3
times within 5 seconds.
5. Close the window and continue pulling
up on the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the window is
blocked by an object or part of the body,
the window will detect the resistance and
will stop upward movement. The window
will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8
in.) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approxi-
mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power
window switch is pulled up continuously
again within 5 seconds after the window
is lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic window
reversal will not operate.
✽✽
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
windows is only active when the “auto
up” feature is used by fully pulling up
the switch. The automatic reverse fea-
ture will not operate if the window is
raised using the halfway position on the
power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper win-
dow channel, the automatic reverse
window may not detect the resist-
ance and will not stop and reverse
direction.
OBK049095
423
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do not
open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposing directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
WARNING - Windows
• NEVER leave the ignition key in
the vehicle.
• NEVER leave any child unattend-
ed in the vehicle. Even very
young children may inadvertently
cause the vehicle to move, entan-
gle themselves in the windows,
or otherwise injure themselves or
others.
• Always double check to make
sure all arms, hands, head and
other obstructions are safely out
of the way before closing a win-
dow.
• Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Serious
injury can result from uninten-
tional window operation by the
child.
• Do not extend a face or arms out-
side through the window while
driving.
Features of your vehicle
244
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage or
severe personal injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING
• Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could open
while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood in the raised position, as
vision is obstructed and the hood
could fall or be damaged.
D090100AEN
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, pull the secondary latch
(1) inside of the hood center and lift
the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will raise completely
by itself after it has been raised about
halfway.
D090200AEN
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-
lowing:
• All filler caps in engine compartment
must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
HOOD
OBK049010
OBK049011
425
Features of your vehicle
D100100ABK
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened from
inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel
filler lid opener button located on the dri-
ver’s door.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the lid to break the ice
and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.
If necessary, spray around the lid with
an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel
filler lid opener button.
3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully
open.
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank
cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
D100200AUN
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until
it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is
securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-
ly and make sure that it is securely
closed.
D100300AEN
FUEL FILLER LID
OBK049012
OBK049013
WARNING - Refueling
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and thus subject you to the risk
of fire and burns. Always remove
the fuel cap carefully and slowly.
If the cap is venting fuel or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap.
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an acci-
dent.
Features of your vehicle
264
(Continued)
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or fab-
ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static elec-
tricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must re-
enter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis-
charge by touching a metal part
of the vehicle, away from the fuel
filler neck, nozzle or other gaso-
line source.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure to
place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling has
begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
(Continued)
WARNING - Refueling dan-
gers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, please
note the following guidelines care-
fully. Failure to follow these guide-
lines may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death by fire
or explosion.
• Read and follow all warnings at
the gas station facility.
• Before refueling note the location
of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-
Off, if available, at the gas station
facility.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis-
charge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
tance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Use only approved portable plas-
tic fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cel-
lular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
• When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to
the engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling is
complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before starting
the engine.
• DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
(Continued)
427
Features of your vehicle
D100500ABH
Emergency fuel filler lid release
If the fuel filler lid does not open using
the remote fuel filler lid release, you can
open it manually by pulling the handle
outward slightly.
(Continued)
• If a fire breaks out during refuel-
ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-
cle, and immediately contact the
manager of the gas station and
then contact the local fire depart-
ment. Follow any safety instruc-
tions they provide.
CAUTION
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel require-
ments” suggested in section 1.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
• After refueling, make sure the fuel
cap is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event of
an accident.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle excessively,
otherwise the luggage area trim or
release handle may be damaged.
OBK049014
Features of your vehicle
284
D110000AEN
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the
sunroof control lever located on the over-
head console.
The sunroof can only be opened, closed,
or tilted when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-
storm, be sure to wipe off any water
that is on the sunroof before operating
it.
✽
✽
NOTICE
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted while
in an open or slide position.
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
OBK049015N
CAUTION
Do not continue to move the sun-
roof control lever after the sunroof
is in the fully open, closed, or tilt
position(s). Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sun-
shade while driving. This could
result in loss of control and an acci-
dent that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
429
Features of your vehicle
D110100AEN
Sliding the sunroof
To open or close the sunroof (manual
slide feature), pull or push the sunroof
control lever backward or forward to the
first detent position.
Pulling the control lever downward also
closes the sunroof.
To open or close the sunroof completely
even when the lever is released (auto
slide feature), pull or push the sunroof
control lever backward or forward to the
second detent position. The sunroof will
slide all the way open or closed. To stop
the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or
push the sunroof control lever momentar-
ily in the opposite direction of sunroof
movement.
D110101AEN
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is detect-
ed while the sunroof is closing automati-
cally, it will reverse direction, and then
stop.
The auto reverse function does not work
if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding
glass and the sunroof sash. You should
always check that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof before
closing it.
D110200ABH
Tilting the sunroof
To open or close the sunroof, push or pull
the sunroof control lever upward or
downward until the sunroof moves to the
desired position.
Pushing the control lever forward also
closes the sunroof.
OBK049017OBK049018OBK049016
Features of your vehicle
304
CAUTION
The sunroof is made to slide
together with the sunshade. Do not
leave the sunshade closed while
the sunroof is open.
D110300ABH
Sunshade
The sunshade will automatically open
with the glass panel when the glass
panel moves. Close it manually if you
want it closed.
OBK049019
CAUTION
• Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the guide rail.
• If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be dam-
aged.
• While using sunroof for a long
time, a dust between sunroof and
roof panel can make a noise.
Open the sunroof and remove
regularly the dust using clean
cloth.
WARNING - Sunroof
• Be careful that someone’s head,
hands and body are not stucked
by a closing sunroof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof
while driving.
• Make sure your hands and face
are safely out of the way before
closing a sunroof.
431
Features of your vehicle
D110500ABK
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is discon-
nected or discharged, you must reset
your sunroof system as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the sunroof completely.
3. Release the sunroof control lever.
4. Release the control button.
5. Pull and hold the sunroof control lever
downward until the sunroof is operat-
ed as follows;
TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof sys-
tem is reset.
D130100ABH
Power steering
Power steering uses energy from the
engine to assist you in steering the vehi-
cle. If the engine is off or if the power
steering system becomes inoperative,
the vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power steer-
ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the power steering drive belt breaks
or if the power steering pump malfunc-
tions, the steering effort will greatly
increase.
✽
✽
NOTICE
If the vehicle is parked for extended
periods outside in cold weather (below -
10°C/14°F), the power steering may
require increased effort when the engine
is first started. This is caused by
increased fluid viscosity due to the cold
weather and does not indicate a mal-
function.
When this happens, increase the engine
RPM by depressing accelerator until the
RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release or
let the engine idle for two or three min-
utes to warm up the fluid.
CAUTION
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or corresponding fuse
is blown, the sunroof may operate
improperly.
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel
against a stop (extreme right or left
turn) for more than 5 seconds with
the engine running. Holding the
steering wheel for more than 5 sec-
onds in either position may cause
damage to the power steering
pump.
Features of your vehicle
324
D130300AEN
Tilt steering
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive. You can
also raise it to give your legs more room
when you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
D130301ABK
To change the steering wheel angle, pull
down the lock-release lever (1), adjust
the steering wheel to the desired angle
(2), then pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place. Be sure
to adjust the steering wheel to the
desired position before driving.
D130500AUN
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn sym-
bol on your steering wheel. Check the
horn regularly to be sure it operates
properly.
✽✽
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area indi-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer-
ing wheel (see illustration). The horn
will operate only when this area is
pressed.
WARNING
• Never adjust the angle of the
steering wheel while driving. You
may lose steering control and
cause severe personal injury,
death or accidents.
• After adjusting, push the steering
wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
OBK049020 OBK049021
433
Features of your vehicle
D140100AUN
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror to center on
the view through the rear window. Make
this adjustment before you start driving.
D140101AUN
Day/night rearview mirror
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is in
the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of the
vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharp-
pointed object.
MIRRORS
WARNING - Rear visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision through
the rear window.
OBK049115N
Day
Night
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause
death, serious injury or property
damage.
Features of your vehicle
344
D140102AUN
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric chromic mirror automatically
controls the glare from the headlights of
the car behind you in nighttime or low
light driving conditions. The sensor
mounted in the mirror senses the light
level around the vehicle, and automati-
cally controls the headlight glare from
vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted into R
(Reverse), the mirror will automatically
go to the brightest setting in order to
improve the drivers view behind the vehi-
cle.
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn
the automatic dimming function on.
The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
Press the ON/OFF button to turn the
automatic dimming function off. The
mirror indicator light will turn off.
• The mirror defaults to the ON position
whenever the ignition switch is turned
on.
D140200AUN
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust mirror angles before
driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand outside rearview
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The mir-
ror heads can be folded back to prevent
damage during an automatic car wash or
when passing in a narrow street.
CAUTION
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the liq-
uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-
ing.
WARNING - Rearview mir-
rors
• The right outside rearview mirror
is convex. In some countries, the
left outside rearview mirror is
also convex. Objects seen in the
mirror are closer than they
appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror
or direct observation to deter-
mine the actual distance of fol-
lowing vehicles when changing
lanes.
OBK049022N
Indicator
Sensor
435
Features of your vehicle
D140201AEN
Remote control
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rearview mirrors. To
adjust the position of either mirror, push
the lever (1) to R or L to select the right
side mirror or the left side mirror, then
press a corresponding point on the mirror
adjustment control to position the select-
ed mirror up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the lever in neu-
tral position to prevent inadvertent
adjustment.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass. If ice should restrict
movement of the mirror, do not
force the mirror for adjustment. To
remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a
sponge or soft cloth with very warm
water.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radi-
ator antifreeze) to release the
frozen mechanism or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle
is moving. This could result in loss
of control, and an accident which
could cause death, serious injury
or property damage.
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust-
ing angles, but the motor contin-
ues to operate while the switch is
depressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary, the
motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the out-
side rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
OBK049024
Features of your vehicle
364
D140202ABH
Folding the outside rearview mirror
To fold the outside rearview mirror, press
the button.
To unfold it, press the button again.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the electric outside rearview
mirrors to fold.
The electric folding outside rearview
mirror can be operated for approximate-
ly 30 seconds after the ignition key is
removed or turned to the LOCK posi-
tion.
OBK049025
CAUTION
In case of the electric type of out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it by
hand. It could cause the failure of
the motor.
437
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Speedometer
2. Engine temperature gauge
3. Turn signal indicators
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. Odometer/Trip computer*
6. Tachometer
7. Fuel gauge
* : if equipped
OBK040120L/OBK040121L/OBK040122L
D150000AUN-EU
Type A
Type B
Type C
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in
the next pages.
Features of your vehicle
384
1. Speedometer
2. Engine temperature gauge
3. Turn signal indicators
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. Odometer/Trip computer*
6. Tachometer
7. Fuel gauge
* : if equipped
OBK040124L/OBK040125L/OBK040126L
D150000AUN-EU
Type D
Type E
Type F
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in
the next pages.
439
Features of your vehicle
D150100AUN
Instrument panel illumination
When the vehicle’s parking lights or
headlights are on, rotate the illumination
control knob to adjust the instrument
panel illumination intensity.
Gauges
D150201AUN
OBK049028
OBK049029
OBK049130L
OBK049129L
Type A
Type B
Type C
OBK049030
OBK049128L
OBK049127L
Type D
Type E
Type F
Features of your vehicle
404
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward
speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in miles
per hour and/or kilometers per hour.
D150202AUN
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the approxi-
mate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/or
over-revving the engine.
When the door is open, or if the engine is
not started within 1 minute, the tachometer
pointer may move slightly in ON position
with the engine OFF. This movement is
normal and will not affect the accuracy of
the tachometer once the engine is running.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
OBK049031
441
Features of your vehicle
D150203AUN
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the ignition switch
is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheat-
ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer
to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
D150204ABK
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-
tion 8.
The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will illumi-
nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in the
tank.
OBK049032
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
“H” position, it indicates overheat-
ing that may damage the engine.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The engine
coolant is under pressure and
could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OBK049033
Features of your vehicle
424
D150205AEN
Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)
Odometer (km or mi.)
The odometer indicates the total dis-
tance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful to
determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
✽✽
NOTICE
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
all vehicles with the intent to change the
mileage registered on the odometer. The
alteration may void your warranty cov-
erage.
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
TRIP A: Tripmeter A
TRIP B: Tripmeter B
The tripmeter indicates the distance of
individual trips selected by the driver.
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addition-
al fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
E level.
OBK049116L OBK049036L
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. If you run out of fuel, it could
cause the engine to misfire and
result in excessive loading of the
catalytic converter.
443
Features of your vehicle
Tripmeter A or B can be selected by
pressing the TRIP button for less than 1
second.
Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 by
pressing the RESET button for 1 second
or more, and then releasing.
D150206ABH
Trip computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
including odometer, tripmeter, average
speed, average fuel consumption (if
equipped), instant fuel consumption (if
equipped) and distance to empty on the
display when the ignition switch is in the
ON position. All stored driving informa-
tion (except odometer) is reset if the bat-
tery is disconnected.
The odometer is always displayed until
the display is turned off.
Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-
ond to change the function as follow;
OBK049034
Tripmeter B
Instant fuel consumption
(except china)
Tripmeter A
Distance to empty
Average speed
Average fuel consumption
(except china)
Features of your vehicle
444
Odometer (km or mi.)
The odometer indicates the total dis-
tance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful to
determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of indi-
vidual trips selected since the last trip-
meter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIP
A or TRIP B) is being displayed, clears
the tripmeter to zero (0.0).
Distance to empty (km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated dis-
tance to empty based on the current fuel
in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine. When the
remaining distance is below 50 km (30
miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-
tance to empty indicator will blink.
The meter’s working range is from 50 to
990 km (30 to 990 miles).
OBK049035 OBK049036 OBK049037
445
Features of your vehicle
Average fuel consumption (if equipped)
(l/100 km or MPG) (except china)
This mode calculates the average fuel
consumption from the total fuel used and
the distance since the last average con-
sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-
culated from the fuel consumption input.
For an accurate calculation, drive more
than 50 m (0.03 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average fuel
consumption is being displayed, clears
the average fuel consumption to zero (---
).
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h after
refueled more than 6 l, the average fuel
consumption will be cleared to zero (---).
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupt-
ed, the “Distance to empty” function
may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-
cle.
• The fuel consumption (if equipped)
and distance to empty values may
vary significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and condi-
tion of the vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an esti-
mate of the available driving distance.
This value may differ from the actual
driving distance available.
Instant fuel consumption
(l/100 km or MPG) (except china)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption every 2 seconds from the
driving distance and quantity of fuel
injection.
OBK049117LOBK049042L
Features of your vehicle
464
Average speed (km/h or MPH)
This mode calculates the average speed
of the vehicle since the last average
speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
average speed keeps going while the
engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average speed
is being displayed, clears the average
speed to zero (---).
D150300AEN
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). Any light that does not illuminate
should be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
After starting the engine, check to make
sure that all warning lights are off. If any
are still on, this indicates a situation that
needs attention. When releasing the
parking brake, the brake system warning
light should go off. The fuel warning light
will stay on if the fuel level is low.
D150302ABH
Air bag warning light
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is
not working properly. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not come on, or
continuously remains on after operating
for about 6 seconds when you turned the
ignition switch to the ON position or start-
ed the engine, or if it comes on while
driving, have the SRS inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBK049039
447
Features of your vehicle
D150303AEN
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
This light illuminates if the ignition switch
is turned ON and goes off in approxi-
mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-
ing normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates
that there may be a malfunction with the
ABS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible. The normal braking
system will still be operational, but with-
out the assistance of the anti-lock brake
system.
Electronic brake force distri-
bution (EBD) system warning
light
If two warning lights illumi-
nate at the same time while
driving, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the
ABS and EBD system.
In this case, your ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. Have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the ABS warning light or EBD warn-
ing light is on and stays on, the
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter
may not work. In this case, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
D150304ABK
Seat belt warning
Type A
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approxi-
mately 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is unfastened after the ignition switch
is ON, the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds. At
this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the
chime will stop at once.
WARNING
If the both ABS and brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your vehi-
cle’s brake system will not work
normally during sudden braking. In
this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking. Have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
Features of your vehicle
484
Type B
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn the
ignition switch ON regardless of belt fas-
tening.
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is disconnected after the ignition
switch is turned ON, the seat belt warn-
ing light will illuminate until the belt is fas-
tened.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated
warning light will start to blink until you
drive under 6km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 100 seconds and the correspon-
ding warning light will blink.
D150305AFD
Turn signal indicator
The blinking green arrows on the instru-
ment panel show the direction indicated
by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on
but does not blink, blinks more rapidly
than normal, or does not illuminate at all,
a malfunction in the turn signal system is
indicated. Your dealer should be consult-
ed for repairs.
This indicator also blinks when the haz-
ard warning switch is turned on.
D150306AUN
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the head-
lights are on and in the high beam posi-
tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
D150331ABH
Tail light indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the tail
lights are on.
D150307AEN
Engine oil pressure
warning light
This warning light indicates the engine oil
pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while driv-
ing:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
stop.
2. With the engine off, check the engine
oil level. If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped imme-
diately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated, severe
damage could result.
449
Features of your vehicle
D150308AEN
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light
Parking brake warning
This light is illuminated when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch in
the START or ON position. The warning
light should go off when the parking
brake is released while the engine is run-
ning.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required. Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on or
the brakes do not operate properly.
Have the vehicle towed to any author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-
tem inspection and necessary repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-
nal braking systems. This means you still
have braking on two wheels even if one
of the dual systems should fail. With only
one of the dual systems working, more
than normal pedal travel and greater
pedal pressure are required to stop the
car. Also, the car will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working. If the brakes fail
while you are driving, shift to a lower gear
for additional engine braking and stop the
car as soon as it is safe to do so.
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is run-
ning, serious engine damage may
result. The oil pressure warning
light comes on whenever there is
insufficient oil pressure. In normal
operation, it should come on when
the ignition switch is turned on,
then go out when the engine is
started. If the oil pressure warning
light stays on while the engine is
running, there is a serious malfunc-
tion.
If this happens, stop the car as
soon as it is safe to do so, turn off
the engine and check the oil level. If
the oil level is low, fill the engine oil
to the proper level and start the
engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the
engine off immediately. In any
instance where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, the
engine should be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer before
the car is driven again.
Features of your vehicle
504
To check bulb operation, check whether
the parking brake and brake fluid warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
D150312ABH
Shift pattern indicator
(if equipped)
The indicator displays to show the auto-
matic transmission shift lever selection.
D150309AUN
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
This light comes on when the front fog
lights are ON.
D150313AEN
Charging system warning
light
This warning light indicates a malfunction
of either the generator or electrical
charging system.
If the warning light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2. With the engine off, check the genera-
tor drive belt for looseness or break-
age.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-
lem exists somewhere in the electrical
charging system. Have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem
as soon as possible.
D150315AHD
Trunk lid open warning
light
This warning light illuminates when the
trunk lid is not closed securely with the
ignition in any position.
D150316AUN
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely with the igni-
tion in any position.
D150317ABH
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
Without smart key system
This light illuminates when the immobiliz-
er key is inserted and turned to the ON
position to start the engine.
At this time, you can start the engine. The
light goes out after the engine is running.
If this light blinks when the ignition switch
is in the ON position before starting the
engine, have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light on is dangerous. If the brake
warning light remains on, have the
brakes checked and repaired imme-
diately by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
451
Features of your vehicle
With smart key system (if equipped)
If any of the following occurs in a vehicle
equipped with the smart key, the immobi-
lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or the
light goes off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if
the engine start/stop button is turned
to the ACC or ON position, the indica-
tor will illuminate until the engine is
started. However, when the smart key
is not in the vehicle, if the engine
start/stop button is depressed, the indi-
cator will blink for a few minutes to indi-
cate that you will not be able to start
the engine.
• When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position and the indicator turns
off after 2 seconds, the system may
have a problem. Have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• When the battery is weak, if the engine
start/stop button is depressed, the indi-
cator will blink and you will not be able
to start the engine. However, you may
still be able to start the engine by
inserting the smart key in the smart
key holder. If smart key system related
parts have a problem, the indicator
blinks.
D150318AUN
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light indicates the fuel tank
is nearly empty. When it comes on, you
should add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the fuel level warning light on
or with the fuel level below “E” can cause
the engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter.
D150319AUN
Low washer fluid level
warning light
This warning light indicates the washer
fluid reservoir is near empty. Refill the
washer fluid as soon as possible.
D150320ABH-EE
Malfunction indicator light
(MIL) (check engine light)
This indicator light is part of the Engine
Control System which monitors various
emission control system components. If
this light illuminates while driving, it indi-
cates that a potential malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the emis-
sion control system.
This light will also illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON posi-
tion, and will go out in a few seconds
after the engine is started. If it illuminates
while driving, or does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, take your vehicle to your near-
est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue to be
drivable, but have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.
Features of your vehicle
524
D150323ABK-EE
ESP indicator (Electronic
Stability Program)
The ESP indicator will illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned ON, but
should go off after approximately 3 sec-
onds. When the ESP is on, it monitors the
driving conditions and under normal driv-
ing conditions, the ESP indicator will
remain off. When a slippery or low trac-
tion condition is encountered, the ESP
will operate, and the ESP indicator will
blink to indicate the ESP is operating.
If ESP indicator illuminates the ESP
may have a malfunction. Take your car to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked.
D150324ABK-EE
ESP OFF indicator
The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go off after approximately 3
seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,
press the ESP OFF button . The ESP
OFF indicator will illuminate indicating
the ESP is deactivated.
If you use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle with the ESP system in the stand-
by position when the brake is not work
normally, the ESP system may be stop
operation and ESP OFF indicator may be
illuminated for about 5 minutes.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminates, potential catalytic con-
verter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine
power. Have the Engine Control
System inspected as soon as pos-
sible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION
Prolonged driving with the
Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-
nated may cause damage to the
emission control systems which
could effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
CAUTION
Do not use the parking brake to
stop the vehicle except in an emer-
gency situation.
453
Features of your vehicle
D150325ABH
Cruise indicator (if equipped)
CRUISE indicator
The indicator light illuminates when the
cruise control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster is illuminated when the
cruise control ON-OFF button on the
steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator light turns off when the
cruise control ON-OFF button is pushed
again. For more information about the
use of cruise control, refer to “Cruise
control system” in section 5.
Cruise SET indicator
The indicator light illuminates when the
cruise function switch (SET- or RES+) is ON.
The cruise SET indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illuminated when
the cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)
is pushed. The cruise SET indicator light
does not illuminate when the cruise con-
trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
system is disengaged.
D150327ABH
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
Without smart key system
If the driver’s door is opened while the
ignition key is left in the ignition switch
(ACC or LOCK position), the key
reminder warning chime will sound. This
is to prevent you from locking your keys
in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the
key is removed from the ignition switch,
the ignition switch is turned to ON, or the
driver’s door is closed.
With smart key system
If the driver’s door is opened while the
smart key is in the vehicle with the
engine start/stop button in ACC or the
smart key is in the smart key holder with
the engine start/stop button in OFF, the
key reminder warning chime will sound.
The chime sounds until the smart key is
removed from the smart key holder or the
driver’s door is closed.
D150330AEN
Overspeed warning
(if equipped)
Overspeed warning light
If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or
more, the overspeed warning light will
blink. This is to prevent you from driving
your vehicle with overspeed.
Overspeed warning chime
If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or
more, the overspeed warning chime will
sound for about 5 seconds. This is to pre-
vent you from driving your vehicle with
overspeed.
D150338BEN
KEY OUT indicator
(if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, if any door is open, the sys-
tem checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-
cator will blink, and if all doors are
closed, the chime will also sound for
about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn
off while the vehicle is moving. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle.
CRUISE
SET
120
km/h
KEY
OUT
Features of your vehicle
544
D170000AEN
The rear parking assist system assists
the driver during backward movement of
the vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within a distance of 120 cm (47
in.) behind the vehicle. This system is a
supplemental system and it is not intend-
ed to nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the driver.
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the back sensors are limit-
ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as much
attention to what is behind you as you
would in a vehicle without a rear parking
assist system.
Operation of the rear parking
assist system
D170101AEN
Operating condition
• This system will activate when backing
up with the ignition switch ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed over
5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not be
activated correctly.
• The sensing distance while the rear
parking assist system is in operation is
approximately 120 cm (47 in.).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest
one will be recognized first.
D170102AUN
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47
in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:
Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31
in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:
Buzzer beeps more frequently.
• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)
of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OBK049131
WARNING
The rear parking assist system is a
supplementary function only. The
operation of the rear parking assist
system can be affected by several
factors (including environmental
conditions). It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
area behind the vehicle before and
while backing up.
Sensors
455
Features of your vehicle
D170200AEN
Non-operational conditions of
rear parking assist system
The rear parking assist system may
not operate properly when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will
operate normally when the moisture
has been cleared.)
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate
normally when the material is removed
or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-
ent).
4. Objects generating excessive noise
(vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
engines, or truck air brakes) are within
range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones
are within range of the sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-
ter such as snow or water. (The sens-
ing range will return to normal when
removed.)
2. Outside air temperature is extremely
hot or cold.
The following objects may not be rec-
ognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m
(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14
cm (6 in.) in diameter.
D170300AEN
Rear parking assist system pre-
cautions
• The rear parking assist system may
not sound sequentially depending on
the speed and shapes of the objects
detected.
• The rear parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has been
modified or damaged. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor per-
formance.
• The sensor may not recognize objects
less than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-
sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-
tance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor
may be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-
sor. Sensor damage could occur.
Features of your vehicle
564
✽✽
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects with-
in the range and location of the sensors;
It can not detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed. Also,
small or slim objects, such as poles or
objects located between sensors may not
be detected by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the vehi-
cle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the
system regarding the systems capabili-
ties and limitations.
D170400ABK
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-
tently when shifting the gear to the R
(Reverse) position, this may indicate a
malfunction in the rear parking assist sys-
tem. If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
D180000AUN
The hazard warning flasher should be
used whenever you find it necessary to
stop the car in a hazardous location.
When you must make such an emer-
gency stop, always pull off the road as far
as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned on
by pushing in the hazard switch. This
causes all turn signal lights to blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate even
though the key is not in the ignition
switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch a second time.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OBK049044
WARNING
Pay close attention when the vehi-
cle is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the object’s
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visu-
al inspection to make sure the vehi-
cle is clear of all obstructions
before moving the vehicle in any
direction.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants due to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
457
Features of your vehicle
D190100ABH
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to pre-
vent the battery from being dis-
charged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when the
driver removes the ignition key (or
turns off the engine) and opens the
driver-side door.
• With this feature, the parking lights will
be turned off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed, (or
turns off the engine) perform the fol-
lowing:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.
Headlight escort function
(if equipped)
If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC
or OFF position with the headlights ON,
the headlights (and/or tail lights) remain
on for about 20 minutes. However, if the
driver’s door is opened and closed, the
headlights are turned off after 30 sec-
onds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmit-
ter (or smart key) twice or turning the
light switch to the OFF or Auto position.
However, if you turn the light switch to the
Auto position when it is dark outside, the
headlights will not be turned off.
Headlight welcome function
(if equipped)
When the headlight is ON or AUTO posi-
tion and all doors (and trunk) are closed
and locked, if you press the door unlock
button on the transmitter (or the smart
key), the parking light will come on for
about 15 seconds. At this time, if you
press the door lock or unlock button on
the transmitter (or smart key), the park-
ing light will turn off immediately.
LIGHTING
CAUTION
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except dri-
ver’s door), the battery saver func-
tion does not operate and the head-
light escort function does not turn
off automatically. Therefore, it caus-
es the battery to be discharged. In
this case, make sure to turn off the
lamp before getting out of the vehi-
cle.
Features of your vehicle
584
D190400AUN
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and a
Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the fol-
lowing positions:
(1) O / OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
D190401ABH
Parking light position ( )
When the light switch is in the parking
light position (1st position), the tail,
license and instrument panel lights are
ON and the tail light indicator is ON. (if
equipped)
D190402AEN
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight
position (2nd position), the head, tail,
license and instrument panel lights are
ON.
✽✽
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
OBK049046N
OAM049041
Type B
Type A
OBK049047N
OAM049042
Type B
Type A
OBK049045N
OBK049045
Type B
Type A
459
Features of your vehicle
D190403AUN
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO light
position, the taillights and headlights will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light outside
the vehicle.
D190500AUN
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it back
for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched
on.
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on for a
prolonged time while the engine is not
running.
CAUTION
• Never place anything over sensor
(1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better
auto-light system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work prop-
erly.
OBK049050N
OAM049044
Type B
Type A
OBK049048
Type B
Type A
OBK049048N
Features of your vehicle
604
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal
(low beam) position when released. The
headlight switch does not need to be on
to use this flashing feature.
D190600AUN
Turn signals and lane change sig-
nals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on the
turn signals, move the lever up or down
(A). The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn sig-
nal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is com-
pleted. If the indicator continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
the O position.
To signal a lane change, move the turn
signal lever slightly and hold it in position
(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out and
will require replacement.
✽✽
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit.
OBK049049N
OAM049043
Type B
Type A
OBK049051N
OAM049045
Type B
Type A
461
Features of your vehicle
D190700ABH
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide improved
visibility and avoid accidents when visibil-
ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.
The fog lights will turn on when fog light
switch (1) is turned to ON after the park-
ing light is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch
to OFF.
D190800AHM
Rear fog light (if equipped)
To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the
headlight switch to the headlight on posi-
tion and press the rear fog light switch
(light on switch will illuminate).
The rear fog lights turn on when the rear
fog switch is pressed after the front fog
switch is turned to the ON position and
the headlight switch to the parklight posi-
tion. (if equipped)
To turn the rear fog lights off, press the
rear fog light switch again or turn the
headlight switch to the OFF position.
✽✽
NOTICE
To turn on the rear fog light switch, the
ignition switch must be in the ON position.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
OBK049119L
OBK049052N
OAM049046
Type B
Type A
Features of your vehicle
624
D190900AAM
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. DRL can
be helpful in many different driving condi-
tions, and it is especially helpful after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make the head-
lights turn OFF when:
1. The parklight switch is ON.
2. The engine is OFF.
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
D191001ABK
Manual type
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of the passen-
gers and the loading weight in the lug-
gage area, turn the beam leveling switch.
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight beam
level. Always keep the headlight beam at
the proper leveling position, or headlights
may dazzle other road users.
Listed below are the examples of proper
switch settings. For loading conditions
other than those listed below, adjust the
switch position so that the beam level
may be the nearest as the condition
obtained according to the list.
OBK049118L
Loading condition
Driver only
Driver + Front passenger
Full passengers
Full passengers +
Maximum permissible
loading
Driver + Maximum
permissible loading
Switch position
0
0
1
2
3
463
Features of your vehicle
D191002AEN
Automatic type
It is automatically adjusted the headlight
beam level according to the number of
the passengers and the loading weight in
the luggage area.
And it offers the proper headlight beam
under the various conditions.
A : Wiper speed control
· (MIST) – Single wipe
· 0 (OFF) – Off
· --- (INT) – Intermittent wipe
· 1 (LO) – Low wiper speed
· 2 (HI) – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
Type B
Type A
1
1
WARNING
If it is not working properly even
though your car is inclined back-
ward according to passenger's
posture, or the headlight beam is
irradiated to the high or low posi-
tion, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Don't attempt to inspect or replace
the wiring yourself to prevent mal-
function.
OBK049900L/OAM049100L
Features of your vehicle
644
D200100CEN
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
(MIST) : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release it with the lever in
the 0 (OFF) position. The
wipers will operate contin-
uously if the lever is
pushed upward and held.
0 (OFF) : Wiper is not in operation
--- (INT) : Wiper operates intermittently
at the same wiping intervals.
Use this mode in a light rain or
mist. To vary the speed setting,
turn the speed control knob(1).
1 (LO) : Normal wiper speed
2 (HI) : Fast wiper speed
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
D200200ABK
Windshield washers
In the O position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. Use this function when the wind-
shield is dirty. The spray and wiper oper-
ation will continue until you release the
lever. If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is
not sufficient, you will need to add appro-
priate non-abrasive windshield washer
fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment on the
passenger side.
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the wash-
er when the fluid reservoir is empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
contact with the windshield and
obscure your vision.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
CAUTION
When starting the vehicle in winter,
set the wiper switch in the O posi-
tion. Otherwise, wipers may operate
and ice may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove all
snow and ice and defrost the wind-
shield properly prior to operating
the windshield wipers.
465
Features of your vehicle
D210000AEN
D210100ABK
Map lamp
Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or
off. This light produces a spot beam for
convenient use as a map lamp at night or
as a personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
•
DOOR
: The light comes on when any
door (or trunk) is opened
regardless of the ignition switch
position. When doors are
unlocked by the transmitter (or
smart key), the light comes on
for approximately 30 seconds
as long as any door is not
open. The light goes out gradu-
ally after approximately 30 sec-
onds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch
is ON or all doors are locked,
the light will turn off immediate-
ly. If a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
LOCK position, the light stays
on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened
with the ignition switch in the
ON position, the light stays on
continuously.
INTERIOR LIGHT
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine
is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
OBK049055N
Features of your vehicle
664
D210300ABH
Trunk room lamp
The trunk room lamp comes on when the
trunk is opened.
D210500AUN
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
The parking lights or headlights must be
ON for the glove box lamp to function.
D210600ABK
Vanity mirror lamp
Pull the sunvisor downward and you can
ON or OFF the vantity mirror lamp as
pushing the button.
• : To turn the lamp ON.
• O : To turn the lamp OFF.
OBK049056 OBK049057 OTD049088
CAUTION
The trunk room lamp comes on as
long as the trunk lid opens. To pre-
vent unnecessary charging system
drain, close the trunk lid securely
after using the trunk room.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, turn off the lamp by
pushing O button after using the
lamp.
467
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
D220000AUN
✽✽
NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this sec-
tion.
D220100AEN
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window, while the engine is running.
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on
the rear window, brush it off before oper-
ating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 20 minutes
or when the ignition switch is turned off.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
D220101AEN
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the out-
side rearview mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on the
rear window defroster.
D220200AEN
Front windshield deicer
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the front
windshield deicer, it will be operating at
the same time you operate the rear win-
dow defroster.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the conduc-
tors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
OBK049100
OBK049059
Type B
Type A
Features of your vehicle
684
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Mode selection button
3. Front windshield defrost button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air intake control button
6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)
7. Temperature control knob
D230000AEN
OBK049099
469
Features of your vehicle
D230100AEN
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system (if equipped)
on.
OBK049064
Features of your vehicle
704
D230101ABK
Mode selection
You can control the direction of the air
flow through the ventilation system by
pushing the button.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windshield. Five sym-
bols are used to represent Face, Bi-
Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost
air position.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side win-
dow defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OBK049101
471
Features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the horizontal thumb-
wheel. To close the vent, rotate it down to
the maximum position. To open the vent,
rotate it up to the desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
D230102ABK
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows you
to control the temperature of the air flow-
ing from the ventilation system. To
change the air temperature in the pas-
senger compartment, turn the knob to
the right for warm air or left for cooler air.
To select MAX A/C, turn the temperature
control knob to the left extremely.
In this mode, the air conditioning and the
recirculated air position will be selected
automatically.
D230103AEN
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
push the control button.
OBK049103OBK049066 OBK049104
Features of your vehicle
724
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button is illuminated when
the recirculated air position
is selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compart-
ment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button is not illuminated
when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled accord-
ing to the function selected.
✽✽
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) may cause fog-
ging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger com-
partment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessive-
ly dry air in the passenger compart-
ment.
WARNING
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure
visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating sys-
tem on. It may cause serious
harm or death due to a drop in the
oxygen level and/or body temper-
ature.
• Continue using the climate con-
trol system operation in the recir-
culated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
473
Features of your vehicle
D230104AEN
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flowing
from the ventilation system. To change
the fan speed, turn the knob to the right
for higher speed or left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
OFF position turns off the fan.
D230105AHM
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air con-
ditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate). Press the button again to turn
the air conditioning system off.
System operation
D230501AUN
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
D230502AEN
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
to the
or position.
OBK049105
OBK049106
Features of your vehicle
744
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from
entering the car through the ventilation
system, temporarily set the air intake
control to the recirculated air position.
Be sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation
has passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver
alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
of the windshield. Care should be
taken that these are not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and fan speed to the
desired position, turn on the air condi-
tioning system, and adjust the temper-
ature control to desired temperature.
D230503ABK
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-
age the ozone layer.
1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-
tioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside
air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-
perature control to maintain maximum
comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the extreme
left position (MAX A/C), set the mode
control to the position, then set
the fan speed control to the highest
speed.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning sys-
tem, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside tempera-
tures are high. Air conditioning sys-
tem operation may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off if the temperature gauge indi-
cates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be run
with the windows closed.
475
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
• During air conditioning system opera-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in engine speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning sys-
tem, you may notice clear water drip-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi-
cle. This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position provides
maximum cooling, however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid air
intake. This is a normal system opera-
tion characteristics.
D230300BEN
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehi-
cle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system. If dust or
other pollutants accumulate in the filter
over a period of time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease, resulting in
moisture accumulation on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, have the climate control air filter
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
Features of your vehicle
764
WARNING
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service
may cause serious injury to the
person performing the service.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air conditioner
filter inspections and changes are
required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
D230400AEN
Checking the amount of air con-
ditioner refrigerant and compres-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
It is important when servicing the air
conditioning system that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the com-
pressor and abnormal system operation
may occur.
477
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. Fan speed control button
2. Air intake control button
3. OFF button
4. Temperature control knob
5. AUTO (automatic control) button
6. Front windshield defrost button
7. Rear window defrost button
8. Air conditioning button
9. Mode selection button
OBK049060
D240000ABH
Features of your vehicle
784
D240100ABK
Automatic heating and air condi-
tioning
The automatic climate control system is
controlled by simply setting the desired
temperature.
The Full Automatic Temperature Control
(FATC) system automatically controls the
heating and cooling system as follows;
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,
fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-
tioning will be controlled automatically
by temperature setting.
2. Turn the temperature control knob to
the desired position.
If the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (LO), the air conditioning sys-
tem will operate continuously.
3. To turn the automatic operation off,
press any button except the tempera-
ture control button. If you press the
mode selection button, air conditioning
button, defrost button, air intake con-
trol button, or the fan speed button, the
selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the
effectiveness of the climate control, use
the AUTO button and set the temperature
to 23°C (73°F).
✽✽
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
OBK049062OBK049061
479
Features of your vehicle
D240200ABH
Manual heating and air condition-
ing
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic oper-
ation, the functions not selected will be
controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to con-
vert to full automatic control of the sys-
tem.
D240201ABH
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the venti-
lation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted as
follows:
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side win-
dow defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, D, C)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
OBK049063
Features of your vehicle
804
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the horizontal thumb-
wheel. To close the vent, rotate it down to
the maximum position. To open the vent,
rotate it up to the desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
D230102AUN
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows you
to control the temperature of the air flow-
ing from the ventilation system. To
change the air temperature in the pas-
senger compartment, turn the knob to
the right position for warm and hot air or
left position for cooler air.
OBK049065 OBK049066 OBK049067
481
Features of your vehicle
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
connected, the temperature mode dis-
play will reset to Centigrade.
This is a normal condition.You can switch
the temperature mode between
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
1. Turn on the audio and press the
[SETUP] button.
2. Select the [TEMP] mode by pressing
the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]
button, and pressing the [ENTER] but-
ton.
3. Select the [CELSIUS] or [FAHREN-
HEIT] mode by pressing the [∧ TURN
FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and
pressing the [ENTER] button.
D240203AEN
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
press the control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compart-
ment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled accord-
ing to the function selected.
OBK049068
Features of your vehicle
824
✽✽
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) may cause fog-
ging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger com-
partment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
D240205ABH
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by pressing the fan speed control
button.
The higher the fan speed is, the more air
is delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
D240206AUN
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air con-
ditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
WARNING
• Continue using the climate control
system operation in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow humidity
to increase inside vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure vis-
ibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with air
conditioning or heating system on.
It may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continue using the climate control
system operation in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause drowsi-
ness or sleepiness, and loss of
vehicle control. Set the air intake
control to the outside (fresh) air
position as much as possible while
driving.
OBK049069 OBK049070
483
Features of your vehicle
D240208AUN
OFF mode
Press the OFF button to turn off the air
climate control system. However, you can
still operate the mode and air intake but-
tons as long as the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
System operation
D230501AUN
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
D230502AEN
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
to the
or push the front defrost but-
ton ( ).
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from
entering the car through the ventilation
system, temporarily set the air intake
control to the recirculated air position.
Be sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation
has passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver
alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
of the windshield. Care should be
taken that these are not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and fan speed to the
desired position, turn on the air condi-
tioning system, and adjust the temper-
ature control to desired temperature.
OBK049071
Features of your vehicle
844
D230503AEN
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-
age the ozone layer.
1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-
tioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside
air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-
perature control to maintain maximum
comfort.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning sys-
tem, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside tempera-
tures are high. Air conditioning sys-
tem operation may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off if the temperature gauge indi-
cates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be run
with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
• During air conditioning system opera-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in engine speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
485
Features of your vehicle
• When using the air conditioning sys-
tem, you may notice clear water drip-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi-
cle. This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position provides
maximum cooling, however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid air
intake. This is a normal system opera-
tion characteristics.
D230300AEN
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehi-
cle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system. If dust or
other pollutants accumulate in the filter
over a period of time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease, resulting in
moisture accumulation on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, have the climate control air filter
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air conditioner
filter inspections and changes are
required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
Features of your vehicle
864
D230400AEN
Checking the amount of air con-
ditioner refrigerant and compres-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
It is important when servicing the air
conditioning system that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the com-
pressor and abnormal system operation
may occur.
WARNING
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service
may cause serious injury to the
person performing the service.
487
Features of your vehicle
D250000AEN
• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-
perature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window, out-
side rear view mirrors, and all side win-
dows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve
heater and defroster efficiency and to
reduce the probability of fogging up the
inside of the windshield.
Manual climate control system
D250101AEN
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except “OFF”
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-
tioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automatical-
ly, press the corresponding button manu-
ally.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
OBK049107
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The dif-
ference between the temperature of
the outside air and that of the wind-
shield could cause the outer sur-
face of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the position and
fan speed control knob or button to
the lower speed.
Features of your vehicle
884
D250102AEN
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot
position.
3. Select the position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-
tioning will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
Automatic climate control system
D250201AEN
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The air conditioning will be turned on
according to the detected ambient tem-
perature and outside (fresh) air posi-
tion will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automatical-
ly, adjust the corresponding button man-
ually. If the position is selected,
lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher
fan speed.
D250202ABK
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-
tion.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position.
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The air conditioning will be turned on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh) air
position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OBK049072 OBK049073OBK049108
489
Features of your vehicle
D250300AUN
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air intake
or air conditioning are controlled auto-
matically according to certain conditions
such as or position. To cancel or
return the defogging logic, do the follow-
ing.
D250301ABK
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion.
2. Turn the mode selection knob to the
defrost position ( ).
3. Push the air intake control button at
least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake control
button will blink 3 times with 0.5 second
of interval. It indicates that the defogging
logic is canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
connected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
D250302AUN
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion.
2. Select the defrost position pressing
defrost button ( ).
3. While holding the air conditioning but-
ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within 3
seconds.
The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5
second of interval. It indicates that the
defogging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
connected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
OBK049109N
OBK049074N
Features of your vehicle
904
D270000AUN
D270100AEN
Center console storage
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or front passenger.
To open the center console storage, pull
up the lever.
D270200ABK
Glove box
To open the glove box, push the button
(1) and the glove box will automatically
open (2). Close the glove box after use.
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flamma-
ble/explosive materials in the vehi-
cle. These items may catch fire
and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close
securely.
OBK049076OBK049075
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
491
Features of your vehicle
D270300AUN
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press the
cover and the holder will slowly open.
Place your sunglasses in the compart-
ment door with the lenses facing out.
Push to close.
D280100ABH
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-
tion switch must be in the ACC position
or the ON position.
To open the cover, push the cover for-
ward. (if equipped)
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the
way into its socket. When the element
has heated, the lighter will pop out to the
“ready” position.
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette
lighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAI
replacement or its approved equivalent.
OBK049077N
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except sun-
glasses inside the sunglass hold-
er. Such objects can be thrown
from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, pos-
sibly injuring the passengers in
the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The
rear view mirror of the vehicle
can be blocked by an open sun-
glass holder.
INTERIOR FEATURES
OBK049078
Features of your vehicle
924
D280200ABK
Ashtray (if equipped)
To open the cover, pull up the cover. To
clean the ashtray, remove the cover by
turning it clockwise.
D280300ABK
Cup holder
CAUTION
Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter
should be used in the cigarette
lighter socket. The use of plug-in
accessories (shavers, hand-held
vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may
damage the socket or cause electri-
cal failure.
WARNING
• Do not hold the lighter in after it
is already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
WARNING - Ashtray use
• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays
as waste receptacles.
• Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other com-
bustible materials may cause a
fire.
OBK049110
WARNING - Hot liquids
• Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you may burn your-
self. Such a burn to the driver
could lead to loss of control of
the vehicle.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden stop
or collision, do not place uncov-
ered or unsecured bottles, glass-
es, cans, etc., in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion.
493
Features of your vehicle
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
D280400ABK
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
D280500AEN
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 10 amps with the engine
running.
OBK049079
OBH048118
CAUTION
• Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor
to its original position after use.
• For your safety, don't make
obstruct your field of vision when
using the sunvisor.
OBK049080
Features of your vehicle
944
D280600AEN
Digital clock
Whenever the battery terminals or relat-
ed fuses are disconnected, you must
reset the time.
D280601AUN
Setup the clock
1. Turn on the audio and press the
[SETUP] button.
2. Select the [CLOCK] mode by pressing
the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]
button, and press the [ENTER] button.
3. When you select the [CLOCK SET]
mode in the [CLOCK] mode, you can
set the clock. Press the [∧ TURN FILE
∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and press the
[ENTER] button.
4. When you select the [TIME FORMAT]
mode in the [CLOCK] mode, you can
change the 12 hour format to the 24
hour format. Press the [∧ TURN FILE
∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and press the
[ENTER] button.
CAUTION
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and remove
the accessory plug after use.
Using the accessory plug for pro-
longed periods of time with the
engine off could cause the bat-
tery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in elec-
tric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while driv-
ing. You may lose your steering
control and cause an accident that
results in severe personal injury or
death.
WARNING
Do not put a finger or a foreign ele-
ment (pin, etc.) into a power outlet
and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
OBK041111
495
Features of your vehicle
D281200ABH
Outside thermometer
The current outside temperature is dis-
played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-
perature range is between -30°C ~ 60°C
(-30°F~140°F).
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
connected, the temperature mode dis-
play will reset to Centigrade.
This is a normal condition.You can switch
the temperature mode between
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
1. Turn on the audio and press the
[SETUP] button.
2. Select the [TEMP] mode by pressing
the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]
button, and pressing the [ENTER] but-
ton.
3. Select the [CELSIUS] or [FAHREN-
HEIT] mode by pressing the [∧ TURN
FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and
pressing the [ENTER] button.
The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a gen-
eral thermometer to prevent the driver
from being inattentive.
Floor mat anchor
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchor in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
OBK049112 OCM039000N
Features of your vehicle
964
D281000AEN
Luggage net (holder)
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area to attach the luggage
net.
If necessary, contact your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.
OBK049132
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky
objects in the luggage compart-
ment.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch the luggage net, ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible
signs of wear or damage.
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to
the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle’s floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub-
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each posi-
tion.
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation,
HYUNDAI recommends that only
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed
for use in your vehicle be
installed.
497
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
D281400AFD
Aux, USB and iPod port
(if equipped)
If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB
(universal serial bus) port or iPod port,
you can use an aux port to connect audio
devices a USB port to plug in a USB, and
an iPod port to plug in an iPod.
✽✽
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable
audio device.
✽
✽
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID head
lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-
ic device may malfunction.
D300102ABH
Glass antenna (if equipped)
When the radio power switch is turned on
while the ignition switch is in either the
“ON” or “ACC” position, your car will
receive both AM and FM broadcast sig-
nals through the antenna in the rear win-
dow glass.
OBK049090OBK049092
Features of your vehicle
984
D300200AEN
Steering wheel audio controls
(if equipped)
The steering wheel may incorporate
audio control buttons.
D300204AEN
VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)
• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-
ume.
• Press the down button (-) to decrease
volume.
D300203ABK
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed
for 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-
lows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
button. It will SEEK until you release the
button.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
OBK049091
CAUTION
Do not operate audio remote con-
trol buttons simultaneously.
CAUTION
• Do not clean the inside of the rear
window glass with a cleaner or
use a scraper to remove foreign
deposits as this may cause dam-
age to the antenna elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coating
(such as Ni, Cd, and so on). These
can disturb receiving broadcast
signals.
499
Features of your vehicle
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed
for less than 0.8 second, it will work as
follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
select buttons.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is included in the following pages
in this section.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select Fadio,
CD (Compact Disc).
D300800AEN
How vehicle audio works
AM (MW, LW) and FM radio signals are
broadcast from transmitter towers locat-
ed around your city. They are intercepted
by the radio antenna on your vehicle.
This signal is then received by the radio
and sent to your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached
your vehicle, the precise engineering of
your audio system ensures the best pos-
sible quality reproduction. However, in
some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear. This
can be due to factors such as the dis-
tance from the radio station, closeness of
other strong radio stations or the pres-
ence of buildings, bridges or other large
obstructions in the area.
AM (MW, LW) broadcasts can be
received at greater distances than FM
broadcasts. This is because AM(MW,
LW) radio waves are transmitted at low
frequencies. These long, low frequency
radio waves can follow the curvature of
the earth rather than travelling straight
out into the atmosphere. In addition, they
curve around obstructions so that they
can provide better signal coverage.
JBM002
AM (MW, LW) reception
JBM001
FM reception
Features of your vehicle
1004
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow the
earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade at
short distances from the station. Also,
FM signals are easily affected by build-
ings, mountains, or other obstructions.
These can result in certain listening con-
ditions which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The fol-
lowing conditions are normal and do not
indicate radio trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering nois-
es to occur. Reducing the treble level
may lessen this effect until the distur-
bance clears.
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig-
nal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the clear-
est signal. If this occurs, select another
station with a stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals
being received from several directions
can cause distortion or fluttering. This
can be caused by a direct and reflect-
ed signal from the same station, or by
signals from two stations with close
frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition has
passed.
JBM005JBM004JBM003
FM radio station
4101
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a two-way
radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio equipment. This does not mean
that something is wrong with the audio
equipment. In such a case, use the cellu-
lar phone at a place as far as possible
from the audio equipment.
Care of disc
• If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows for ventila-
tion before using your car audio.
• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA/
WAVE files without permission. Use
CDs that are created only by lawful
means.
• Do not apply volatile agents such as
benzene and thinner, normal cleaners
and magnetic sprays made for ana-
logue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from get-
ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs by
the edges or the edges of the center
hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece of
soft cloth before playback (wipe it from
the center to the outside edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or paper
onto it.
• Make sure on undesirable matter other
than CDs are inserted into the CD
player (Do not insert more than one
CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use to
protect them from scratches or dirt.
• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-
RW CDs, certain CDs may not operate
normally according to manufacturing
companies or making and recording
methods. In such circumstances, if you
still continue to use those CDs, they
may cause the malfunction of your car
audio system.
✽✽
NOTICE - Playing an
Incompatible Copy
Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do not
comply with the international audio CD
standards (Red Book), may not play on
your car audio. Please note that if you
try to play copy protected CDs and the
CD player does not perform correctly
the CDs maybe defective, not the CD
player.
CAUTION
When using a communication sys-
tem such a cellular phone or a radio
set inside the vehicle, a separate
external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehi-
cle's electrical system and adverse-
ly affect safe operation of the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
Features of your vehicle
1024
1. FM/AM Button
2. SEEK Button
3. AST Button
4. Display
5. PRESET Buttons
6. DISP Button
7. TUNE/FILE Button
8. SETUP Button
9. POWER Button & VOLUME Knob
RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (CD Player : PA710BKG)
BK_PA710BKG_RADIO
4103
Features of your vehicle
Using RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME
CONTROL
1. FM/AM Button
Turn to FM or AM mode, and toggles in
the order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...
when the button is pressed each time.
2. SEEK Button
When the [SEEK / ] button is
pressed, it increases/decreases the
band frequency by 200kHz to automati-
cally select channel. Stops at the original
frequency if no channel is found.
3. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
When AST is pressed, frequency is
stored on the preset memory [1]~[6] and
automatically plays the channel stored
on the Preset [1].
If no channels have been stored because
there was no channel received, will
return to the previous channel.
4. Display
Displays the current time, mode, fre-
quency AST status and preset channel.
5. PRESET Buttons
Press [PRESET 1~6] buttons less than
0.8 second to play the channel saved in
each button.
Press [PRESET 1~6] buttons for 0.8 sec-
ond or longer to save current station to
the respective button with a beep.
6. DISP (Screen ON/OFF) Button
Turns on/off the displayed data and light
on LCD.
7. TUNE/FILE Button
When the [TUNE/FILE / ] button is
pressed, it increases / decreases the
band frequency by 200kHz from current
frequency.
8. SETUP Button
Press the button to change the SOUND,
(TONE, POSITION), AVC, CLOCK,
TEMP and SCROLL option modes.
9. POWER Button & VOLUME
Knob
Turn on/off the set When the IGNITION
SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button
is turned to the right, it increases the vol-
ume and left, decreases the volume.
Features of your vehicle
1044
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. CD Slot
4. CD Eject Button
5. TRACK Button
6. SEEK Button
7. CD Button
8. AST Button
9. Display
10. CD Indicator
11. FOLDER Button
12. TUNE/FILE Button
13. INFO Button
CD (CD Player : PA710BKG)
BK_PA710BKG_CDP
4105
Features of your vehicle
Using CD Player
1. RANDOM Button
Turns on/off the randomization of the
play list of files in the currently played
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-
ton once again.
If loaded CD has a file folder, RANDOM
PLAY button operates below.
• Press button for less than 0.8 second
to play randomized files in folder.
• Press button for 0.8 second or longer
to play randomized all files in CD.
2. REPEAT Button
• Repeating an MP3 DISC or WMA
DISC file
Repeats current song when the button
is pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats all songs in current folder
when the button is pressed for 0.8 sec-
ond or longer.
• Repeating an audio DISC file
Repeats current song when the button
is pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats the entire DISC when the but-
ton is pressed for 0.8 second or longer.
3. CD Slot
Please face printed side upward and
gently press in. When the ignition switch
is on ACC or ON and power is off, power
is automatically turned on if the CD is
loaded. This CD supports only 12cm CD.
If VCD, Data CD are loaded, "Reading
Error" message will appear and CD will
be ejected.
4. CD Eject Button
Press [ ] button to eject the CD during
CD playback. This button is enabled
when ignition switch is off.
5. TRACK Button
• Press [TRACK ] button to play the
next song.
• Press [TRACK ] button to play from
the beginning of current song and
press again to play the previous song.
6. SEEK Button
• Press [SEEK ] button to initiate high
speed sound search of current song.
• Press [SEEK ] button to initiate
reverse direction high speed sound
search of current song.
7. CD Button
If there is a CD in the CD deck, it switch-
es from the previous mode to CD mode
and plays the song. If there is no CD,
then it displays the message "No Media"
and returns to the previous mode.
8. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Plays first 10 seconds of each song in
the DISC. Press the button once again to
cancel the mode.
9. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
10. CD Indicator
When car ignition switch is ACC or ON
and if the CD is loaded this indicator Icon
is on. If the CD is ejected the Icon is off.
Features of your vehicle
1064
11. FOLDER Button
When the loaded CD has file folders,
[FOLDER / ] buttons will operate in
the manner described below.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
child folder of the current folder and
display the first song in the folder.
Press [ENTER] button to move to the
folder displayed. It will play the first
song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
parent folder and display the first song
in the folder. Press [ENTER] button to
move to the folder displayed.
12. TUNE/FILE Button
When loaded CD contains MP3 or WMA
files, [TUNE/FILE / ] buttons will
operate in the manner described below.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
13. INFO Button
Displays the information of the current
CD TRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟
DISC ARTIST ß TRACK TITLE ➟
TRACK ARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟
PLAY SCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE... (not dis-
played if the information is not available
on the DISC.)
4107
Features of your vehicle
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. TRACK Button
4. SEEK Button
5. AUX Button
6. AST Button
7. Display
8. FOLDER Button
9. TUNE/FILE Button
10. INFO Button
USB (CD Player : PA710BKG)
BK_PA710BKG_USB
Features of your vehicle
1084
Using USB device
1. RANDOM Button
Press the button for less than 0.8 second
to start or stop the random playback of
the songs in the current folder.
Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-
ond to randomly play the entire songs in
the USB device. Press the button again
to cancel the mode.
2. REPEAT Button
Repeats current song when the button is
pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats all songs in current folder when
the button is pressed for 0.8 second or
longer.
3. TRACK Button
• Press the [TRACK ] button to play
from the beginning of the song current-
ly played. Press again to move and
play the previous track.
• Press the [TRACK ] button to move
to the next track.
4. SEEK Button
• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the
song in reverse direction in fast speed.
• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the
song in forward direction in fast speed.
5. AUX Button
If USB or AUX is connected, it switches
to USB or AUX mode to play the song. If
there is no USB or AUX device connect-
ed, then it displays the message "No
Media" and returns to the previous mode.
6. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Scans each song in the USB device for
10 seconds each. Press the button once
again to cancel scanning.
7. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
8. FOLDER Button
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
child folder of the current folder and
display the first song in the folder.
Press [ENTER] button to move to the
folder displayed. It will play the first
song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
parent folder and display the first song
in the folder. Press [ENTER] button to
move to the folder displayed.
9. TUNE/FILE Button
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
10. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of FILE NAME
➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-
ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY
➟ FILE NAME... (Displays no information
if the file has no song information.)
4109
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION IN USING USB
DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not con-
nected when starting up the vehi-
cle. Connect the device after
starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external
USB device may not work.
• It may not play inauthentic MP3 or
WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps~320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression rate
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static elec-
tricity when connecting or dis-
connecting the external USB
device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the con-
nected external USB device can
be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
then the device will not be recog-
nized.
• Use only a USB device formatted
to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recog-
nizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in con-
tact with the human body or other
objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or dis-
connect the USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnect-
ing a USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If you disconnect the external
USB device during playback in
USB mode, the external USB
device can be damaged or may
malfunction. Therefore, discon-
nect the external USB device
when the audio is turned off or in
another mode. (e.g, Radio or CD)
• Depending on the type and
capacity of the external USB
device or the type of the files
stored in the device, there is a dif-
ference in the time taken for
recognition of the device.
• Do not use the USB device for
purposes other than playing
music files.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia termi-
nal of the vehicle.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
1104
(Continued)
• If the USB device is divided by
logical drives, only the music files
on the highest-priority drive are
recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
MENT) are not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Please avoid using USB memory
products which can be used as
key chains or cellular phone
accessories as they could cause
damage to the USB jack. Please
make certain only to use plug
type connector products as
shown below.
4111
Features of your vehicle
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. TRACK Button
4. SEEK Button
5. iPod Button
6. AST Button
7. Display
8. FOLDER Button
9. TUNE/FILE Button
10. INFO Button
iPod (CD Player : PA710BKG)
❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
BK_PA710BKG_iPod
Features of your vehicle
1124
Using iPod
Using an iPod when the exclusive cable
is connected to the multiple terminal
inside the console on the right hand side
of the driver's seat.
1. RANDOM Button
Press the button for less than 0.8 second
to to activate or deactivate the random
playback of the songs within the current
category. Press the button for longer than
0.8 second to randomly play all songs in
the entire album of the iPod. Press the
button once again to cancel the mode.
2. REPEAT Button
Press the button to repeat the song cur-
rently played.
3. TRACK Button
• Press the [TRACK ] button to play
from the beginning of the song current-
ly played. Press again to move and
play the previous track.
• Press the [TRACK ] button to move
to the next track.
4. SEEK Button
• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the
song in reverse direction in fast speed.
• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the
song in forward direction in fast speed.
5. iPod Button
If iPod is connected, it switches to the
iPod mode from the previous mode to
play the song files stored in the iPod.
If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-
plays the message "No Media" and
returns to the previous mode.
6. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Scans each song in the USB device for
10 seconds each. Press the button once
again to cancel scanning.
7. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
8. FOLDER Button
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
the category and display the first song
in the category. Press [ENTER] button
to move to the category displayed. It
will play the first song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
the category and display the first song
in the category. Press [ENTER] button
to move to the category displayed.
(PLAYLISTS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ ALBUMS
➟ GENRES ➟ SONGS ➟ COM-
POSERS ➟ PLAYLIST...)
9. TUNE/FILE Button
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
10. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of TITLE ➟
ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DIS-
PLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays no information
if the file has no song information.)
4113
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE FOR USING THE
iPod DEVICE
• Some iPod models might not support
the communication protocol and the
files will not be played.
Supported iPod models:
- iPod Mini
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) gen-
eration
- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation
- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod can be different
from the order searched in the audio
system.
• If the iPod disabled due to its own
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:
Refer to iPod manual)
• An iPod may not operate normally on
low battery.
• Some iPod devices, such as the
iPhone, can be connected through the
Bluetooth interface. The device must
have audio Bluetooth capability (such
as for stereo headphone Bluetooth).
The device can play, but it will not be
controlled by the audio system.
CAUTION IN USING THE
iPod DEVICE
• The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable
is needed in order to operate iPod
with the audio buttons on the
audio system. The USB cable pro-
vided by Apple may cause mal-
function and should not be used
for HYUNDAI vehicles.
❋
❋
The HYUNDAI iPod Power
Cable may be purchased
through your HYUNDAI
Dealership.
• When connecting iPod with the
iPod Power Cable, insert the con-
nector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted com-
pletely, communications between
iPod and audio may be interrupt-
ed.
• When adjusting the sound effects
of the iPod and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod when adjust-
ing the audio system’s volume,
and turn off the equalizer of the
audio system when using the
equalizer of an iPod.
• When the iPod cable is connect-
ed, the system can be switched to
AUX mode even without iPod
device and may cause noise.
Disconnect the iPod cable when
you are not using the iPod device.
• When not using iPod with car
audio, detach the iPod cable from
iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
in accessory mode, and may not
work properly.
Features of your vehicle
1144
1. FM/AM Button
2. SEEK/TRACK Button
3. AST Button
4. Display
5. PRESET Buttons
6. DISP Button
7. TUNE/FILE Button
8. SETUP Button
9. POWER Button & VOLUME Knob
RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (CD Changer : PA760BKG)
BK_PA760BKG_RAIDO
4115
Features of your vehicle
Using RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME
CONTROL
1. FM/AM Button
Turn to FM or AM mode, and toggles in
the order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...
when the button is pressed each time.
2. SEEK/TRACK Button
When the [SEEK/TRACK / ] button
is pressed, it increases/decreases the
band frequency by 200kHz to automati-
cally select channel. Stops at the original
frequency if no channel is found.
3. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
When AST is pressed, frequency is
stored on the preset memory [1]~[6] and
automatically plays the channel stored
on the Preset [1].
If no channels have been stored because
there was no channel received, will
return to the previous channel.
4. Display
Displays the current time, mode, fre-
quency AST status and preset channel.
5. PRESET Buttons
Press [PRESET 1~6] buttons less than
0.8 second to play the channel saved in
each button.
Press [PRESET 1~6] buttons for more
than 0.8 second or longer to save current
station to the respective button with a
beep.
6. DISP (Screen ON/OFF) Button
Turns on/off the displayed data and light
on LCD.
7. TUNE Button
When the [TUNE / ] button is
pressed, it increases/decreases the
band frequency by 200kHz from current
frequency.
8. SETUP Button
Press the button to change the SOUND,
(TONE, POSITION), AVC, CLOCK,
TEMP and SCROLL option modes.
9. POWER Button & VOLUME
Knob
Turn on/off the set When the IGNITION
SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button
is turned to the right, it increases the vol-
ume and left, decreases the volume.
Features of your vehicle
1164
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. CD Slot
4. CD Eject Button
5. DISC Button
6. SEEK/TRACK Button
7. CD Button
8. AST Button
9. Display
10. LOAD Button
11. FOLDER Button
12. TUNE/FILE Button
13. INFO Button
CD (CD Changer : PA760BKG)
BK_PA760BKG_CD
4117
Features of your vehicle
Using CD Player
1. RANDOM Button
Turns on/off the randomization of the
play list of files in the currently played
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-
ton once again.
If loaded CD has a file folder, RANDOM
PLAY button operates below.
• Press button for less than 0.8 second
to play randomized files in folder.
• Press button for 0.8 second or longer
to play randomized all files in CD.
2. REPEAT Button
• Repeating an MP3 DISC or WMA
DISC file
Repeats current song when the button
is pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats all songs in current folder
when the button is pressed for 0.8 sec-
ond or longer.
• Repeating an audio DISC file
Repeats current song when the button
is pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats the entire DISC when the but-
ton is pressed for 0.8 second or longer.
3. CD Slot
Please face printed side upward and
gently press in. When the ignition switch
is on ACC or ON and power is off, power
is automatically turned on if the CD is
loaded. This CD supports only 12cm CD.
If VCD, Data CD are loaded, "Reading
Error" message will appear and CD will
be ejected.
4. CD Eject Button
• Press [ ] button for less than 0.8 sec-
ond to eject the CD during CD play-
back.
• Press [ ] button for 0.8 second or
longer to eject all the CD in deck.
• This button is enabled even when igni-
tion switch is off.
5. DISC button
• Press [DISC ] button to change disc
to the previous disc.
• Press [DISC ] button to change disc
to the next disc.
6. SEEK/TRACK Button
• Press [SEEK/TRACK ] button for
less than 0.8 second too play from the
begining of current song and press
again within 1 second to play the previ-
ous song.
• Press [SEEK/TRACK ] button for
0.8 second or longer to initiate reverse
direction high speed sound search of
current song.
• Press [SEEK/TRACK ] button for
less than 0.8 second to play the next
song.
• Press [SEEK/TRACK ] button for
0.8 second or longer to initiate high
speed sound search of current song.
7. CD Button
If there is a CD in the CD deck, it switch-
es from the previous mode to CD mode
and plays the song. If there is no CD,
then it displays the message "No Media"
and returns to the previous mode.
Features of your vehicle
1184
8. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Plays first 10 seconds of each song in
the DISC. Press the button once again to
cancel the mode.
9. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
10. LOAD Button
Press [LOAD] button to load CDs into
available CDC slots (from 1~6).
Press [LOAD] button for 2 seconds or
longer to load into all available decks.
The last CD will play. Idle status for 10
seconds will terminate the loading
process.
11. FOLDER Button
When the loaded CD has file folders,
[FOLDER / ] buttons will operate in
the manner described below.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
child folder of the current folder and
display the first song in the folder.
Press [ENTER] button to move to the
folder displayed. It will play the first
song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
parent folder and display the first song
in the folder. Press [ENTER] button to
move to the folder displayed.
12. TUNE/FILE Button
When the loaded CD contains MP3 or
WMA files, [TUNE/FILE / ] buttons
will operate in the manner described
below.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
13. INFO Button
Displays the information of the current
CD TRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟
DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟
TRACK ARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟
PLAY SCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE... (not dis-
played if the information is not available
on the DISC.)
4119
Features of your vehicle
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. SEEK/TRACK Button
4. AUX Button
5. AST Button
6. Display
7. FOLDER Button
8. TUNE/FILE Button
9. INFO Button
USB (CD Changer : PA760BKG)
BK_PA760BKG_USB
Features of your vehicle
1204
Using USB device
1. RANDOM Button
Press the button for less than 0.8 second
to start or stop the random playback of
the songs in the current folder.
Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-
ond to randomly play the entire songs in
the USB device. Press the button again
to cancel the mode.
2. REPEAT Button
Repeats current song when the button is
pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Repeats all songs in current folder when
the button is pressed for 0.8 second or
longer.
3. SEEK/TRACK Button
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK ] button
for less than 0.8 second to play from
the beginning of the song currently
played. Press the button for less than
0.8 second and and press again within
1 second to play the previous track.
Press the button for 0.8 second or
longer to play songs reverse direction
in fast speed.
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK ] button
for less than 0.8 second to move to the
next track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-
ond or longer to play the song in for-
ward direction in fast speed.
4. AUX Button
If USB or AUX is connected, it switches
to USB or AUX mode to play the song. If
there is no USB or AUX device connect-
ed, then it displays the message "No
Media" and returns to the previous mode.
5. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Scans each song in the USB device for
10 seconds. Press the button once again
to cancel scanning.
6. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
7. FOLDER Button
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
child folder of the current folder and
display the first song in the folder.
Press [ENTER] button to move to the
folder displayed. It will play the first
song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
parent folder and display the first song
in the folder. Press [ENTER] button to
move to the folder displayed.
8. TUNE/FILE Button
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
9. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of FILE NAME
➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-
ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY
➟ FILE NAME... (Displays no information
if the file has no song information.)
4121
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION IN USING USB
DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not con-
nected when starting up the vehi-
cle. Connect the device after
starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external
USB device may not work.
• It may not play inauthentic MP3 or
WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps~320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression rate
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static elec-
tricity when connecting or dis-
connecting the external USB
device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the con-
nected external USB device can
be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
then the device will not be recog-
nized.
• Use only a USB device formatted
to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recog-
nizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in con-
tact with the human body or other
objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or dis-
connect the USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnect-
ing a USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If you disconnect the external
USB device during playback in
USB mode, the external USB
device can be damaged or may
malfunction. Therefore, discon-
nect the external USB device
when the audio is turned off or in
another mode. (e.g, Radio or CD)
• Depending on the type and
capacity of the external USB
device or the type of the files
stored in the device, there is a dif-
ference in the time taken for
recognition of the device.
• Do not use the USB device for
purposes other than playing
music files.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia termi-
nal of the vehicle.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
1224
(Continued)
• If the USB device is divided by
logical drives, only the music files
on the highest-priority drive are
recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
MENT) are not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Please avoid using USB memory
products which can be used as
key chains or cellular phone
accessories as they could cause
damage to the USB jack. Please
make certain only to use plug
type connector products as
shown below.
4123
Features of your vehicle
1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. SEEK/TRACK Button
4. iPod Button
5. AST Button
6. Display
7. FOLDER Button
8. TUNE/FILE Button
9. INFO Button
iPod (CD Changer : PA760BKG)
BK_PA760BKG_iPod
Features of your vehicle
1244
Using iPod
Using an iPod when the exclusive cable
is connected to the multiple terminal
inside the console on the right hand side
of the driver's seat.
1. RANDOM Button
Press the button for less than 0.8 second
to to activate or deactivate the random
playback of the songs within the current
category. Press the button for longer than
0.8 second to randomly play all songs in
the entire album of the iPod. Press the
button once again to cancel the mode.
2. REPEAT Button
Press the button to repeat the song cur-
rently played.
3. SEEK/TRACK Button
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK ] button
for less than 0.8 second to play from
the beginning of the song currently
played. Press the button for less than
0.8 second and press again within 1
second to play the previous track.
Press the button for 0.8 second or
longer to play songs reverse direction
in fast speed.
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK ] button
for less than 0.8 second to move to the
next track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-
ond or longer to play the song in for-
ward direction in fast speed.
4. iPod Button
If iPod is connected, it switches to the
iPod mode from the previous mode to
play the song files stored in the iPod.
5. AST (AUTO STORE) Button
Scans each song in the iPod for 10 sec-
onds. Press the button once again to
cancel scanning.
6. Display
Displays the current time, mode, play
track number, play time, RDM, RPT and
AST status.
7. FOLDER Button
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
the category and display the first song
in the category. Press [ENTER] button
to move to the category displayed. It
will play the first song in the folder.
• Press [FOLDER ] button to move
the category and display the first song
in the category. Press [ENTER] button
to move to the category displayed.
(PLAYLISTS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ ALBUMS
➟ GENRES ➟ SONGS ➟ COM-
POSERS ➟ PLAYLIST...)
8. TUNE/FILE Button
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the next song and press [ENTER] but-
ton to play.
• Press [TUNE/FILE ] button to select
the previous song and press [ENTER]
button to play.
9. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of TITLE ➟
ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DIS-
PLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays no information
if the file has no song information.)
4125
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE FOR USING THE
iPod DEVICE
• Some iPod models might not support
the communication protocol and the
files will not be played.
Supported iPod models:
- iPod Mini
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) gen-
eration
- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation
- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod can be different
from the order searched in the audio
system.
• If the iPod disabled due to its own
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:
Refer to iPod manual)
• An iPod may not operate normally on
low battery.
• Some iPod devices, such as the
iPhone, can be connected through the
Bluetooth interface. The device must
have audio Bluetooth capability (such
as for stereo headphone Bluetooth).
The device can play, but it will not be
controlled by the audio system.
CAUTION IN USING THE
iPod DEVICE
• The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable
is needed in order to operate iPod
with the audio buttons on the
audio system. The USB cable pro-
vided by Apple may cause mal-
function and should not be used
for HYUNDAI vehicles.
❋
❋
The HYUNDAI iPod Power
Cable may be purchased
through your HYUNDAI
Dealership.
• When connecting iPod with the
iPod Power Cable, insert the con-
nector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted com-
pletely, communications between
iPod and audio may be interrupt-
ed.
• When adjusting the sound effects
of the iPod and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod when adjust-
ing the audio system’s volume,
and turn off the equalizer of the
audio system when using the
equalizer of an iPod.
• When the iPod cable is connect-
ed, the system can be switched to
AUX mode even without iPod
device and may cause noise.
Disconnect the iPod cable when
you are not using the iPod device.
• When not using iPod with car
audio, detach the iPod cable from
iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
in accessory mode, and may not
work properly.
5
Before driving / 5-3
Key / 5-4
Engine Start/Stop button / 5-7
Manual transmission / 5-12
Automatic transmission / 5-16
Brake system / 5-22
Cruise control system / 5-32
Economical operation / 5-36
Special driving conditions / 5-38
Winter driving / 5-42
Vehicle weight / 5-46
Trailer towing / 5-47
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
25
E010000ABK
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-
dows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-
tion.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear
a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your
garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area
with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at " " or " " and the fan at one of the higher speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are
kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
53
Driving your vehicle
E020100AUN
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
E020200AUN
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis,
with the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in sec-
tion 7, “Maintenance”.
E020300AUN
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are
easily reached.
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning lights
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are famil-
iar with your vehicle and its equipment.
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
All passengers must be properly
belted whenever the vehicle is mov-
ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section
3 for more information on their
proper use.
WARNING
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before putting a
car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be care-
ful not to depress the accelerator
pedal for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or exhaust
system and cause fire.
WARNING - Driving under
the influence of alcohol or
drugs
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Driving
while under the influence of drugs
is as dangerous or more dangerous
than driving drunk.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive.
If you are drinking or taking drugs,
don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-
er who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver
or call a cab.
Driving your vehicle
45
E030100AEN
Illuminated ignition switch
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will be illuminated for your
convenience, provided the ignition switch
is not in the ON position. The light will go
off immediately when the ignition switch
is turned on or go off after about 30 sec-
onds when the door is closed.
Ignition switch position
E030201AUN
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, push the key inward at
the ACC position and turn the key toward
the LOCK position.
E030202ABH
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-
trical accessories are operative.
✽✽
NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position, turn
the key while turning the steering wheel
right and left to release the tension.
E030203ABH
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is the
normal running position after the engine
is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the
engine is not running to prevent the bat-
tery from discharging.
KEY
OBK059001N OUN036002
55
Driving your vehicle
E030204ABK
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The engine
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning lamp can be checked in this
position.
WARNING - Ignition
switch
• Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is
moving. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
• The anti-theft steering column lock
is not a substitute for the parking
brake. Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the shift
lever is engaged in 1st gear for the
manual transmission or P (Park)
for the automatic transmission, set
the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never reach for the ignition switch,
or any other controls through the
steering wheel while the vehicle is
in motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area could
cause a loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily injury
or death.
• Do not place any movable objects
around the driver’s seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an acci-
dent.
Driving your vehicle
65
Starting the engine
E040000AUN
E040100ABK
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transmission - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the trans-
mission into Neutral. Depress the
brake and clutch pedal fully.
Automatic Transmission - Place the
transmission shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START and
hold it there until the engine starts (a
maximum of 10 seconds), then
release the key.
4. In extremely cold weather (below
-18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days, let
the engine warm up without depress-
ing the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with your
ability to use the brake and acceler-
ator pedal, and the clutch (if
equipped).
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter for more
than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls
or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds
before re-engaging the starter.
Improper use of the starter may
damage it.
57
Driving your vehicle
E030100ABH
Illuminated engine start/stop but-
ton (if equipped)
Whenever the front door is opened, the
engine start/stop button will illuminate for
your convenience. The light will go off
immediately when the engine start/stop
button turns to the ON position or go off
after about 30 seconds when the door is
closed.
Engine start/stop button position
E030701ABK
OFF
• with manual transmission
To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle
then press the engine start/stop button
with the engine start/stop button ON.
• with automatic transmission
To turn off the engine, press the engine
start/stop button with the engine
start/stop button ON and the shift lever in
P(Park). When you press the engine
start/stop button without the shift lever in
P(Park), the engine start/stop button
does not turn to the OFF position, but
turns to the ACC position.
• Steering lock system (if equipped)
Also, the steering wheel locks when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
position to protect against theft.
It locks when the door is opened, when
you pull out the smart key from the smart
key holder, or when you lock the doors
using the transmitter(or the smart key).
✽✽
NOTICE
• If difficulty is experienced turning the
engine start/stop button to the ACC
position, turn the steering wheel right
and left to release the tension while
pressing the engine start/stop button.
• When you turn off the engine, the
vehicle should be stopped.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON
WARNING
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is moving, you can off the
engine and turn the engine
start/stop button to the ACC posi-
tion by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively
within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is
moving, you can restart the engine
without pressing the brake pedal
by pressing the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in
N(Neutral).
OBK059001
Driving your vehicle
85
E030202ABK
ACC(Accessory)
• with manual transmission
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the OFF position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
• with automatic transmission
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-
trical accessories are operative.
If you leave the engine start/stop button
in the ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the engine is off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.
E030203ABK
ON
• with manual transmission
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the ACC position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
• with automatic transmission
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not leave
the button in the ON position if the engine
is not running to prevent the battery from
discharging.
E030704ABK
START
• with manual transmission
To start the engine, depress the clutch
pedal and brake pedal, then press the
engine start/stop button with the shift
lever in the N(Neutral) position.
• with automatic transmission
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the P(Park)
or the N (Neutral) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you press the engine start/stop but-
ton without depressing the clutch
pedal on manual transmission vehi-
cles or without depressing the brake
pedal on automatic transmission vehi-
cles, the engine does not start and the
engine start/stop button changes as
follow:
OFF
→
→
ACC
→→
ON
→→
OFF
• If you leave the engine start/stop but-
ton in the ACC or the ON position for
a long time, the battery may be dis-
charged.
59
Driving your vehicle
E030205ABH Starting the engine
E040000ABH
WARNING
• Never press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
vehicle is in motion. This would
result in loss of directional con-
trol and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
• The anti-theft steering column
lock is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the
driver’s seat, always make sure
the shift lever is engaged in P
(Park),
set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not taken.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never reach for the engine
start/stop button, or any other
controls through the steering
wheel while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area could
cause a loss of vehicle control,
an accident and serious bodily
injury or death.
• Do not place any movable objects
around the driver’s seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, etc.) may interfere with your
ability to use the brake and acceler-
ator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
105
E040100ABK
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Manual Transmission - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the trans-
mission into Neutral. Depress the
brake and clutch pedal fully.
Automatic Transmission - Place the
transmission shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4. Press the engine start/stop button.
5. In extremely cold weather (below -
18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has not
been operated for several days, let the
engine warm up without depressing
the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
if it is far away from you, the engine
may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button is in
the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart
key. If the smart key is not in the vehi-
cle, and if all doors are closed, the
chime will sound for about 5 seconds.
Keep the smart key in the vehicle,
when using the ACC position or if the
vehicle engine is on.
WARNING
The engine will start by pressing
the engine start/stop button, only
when the smart key is in the vehi-
cle. Never allow children or any per-
son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-
cle to touch the engine start/stop
button or related parts.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the
N(Neutral) position while the vehi-
cle is still moving and press the
engine start/stop button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
511
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by inserting the smart key
into the smart key holder. Push the
cover to open the cover. To eject the
smart key from the smart key holder,
press the smart key inward passed the
detent and then pull the key outward.
While you don’t use the smart key
holder, close the cover.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown on
automatic transmission vehicles, you
can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
you are not able to replace the fuse,
you can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button for 10 sec-
onds with the engine start/stop button
in the ACC.
CAUTION
• Do not press the engine
start/stop button for more than 5
seconds except when the stop
lamp fuse is blown.
• When you eject the smart key
from the smart key holder, press
the smart key inward and pull it
out. If you pull out the smart key
forcibly without pushing the
smart key, the smart key holder
may be damaged and couldn’t
operate normally.
OBK059002
Driving your vehicle
125
E050100ABK
Manual transmission operation
The manual transmission has 6 forward
gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift
knob. The transmission is fully synchro-
nized in all forward gears so shifting to
either a higher or a lower gear is easily
accomplished.
Press the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, then release it slowly.
The gearshift lever must be returned to
the neutral position before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R (Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
OBK059005
CAUTION
• When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
should be taken not to inadver-
tently press the gear shift lever
sideways in such a manner that
second gear is engaged. Such a
drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the
point that the tachometer will
enter the red-zone. Such over-
revving of the engine may possi-
bly cause engine damage.
• Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear when
the engine is running at high
speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Such a downshifting may damage
the engine.
• When shifting into 5th or 6th gear,
press the shift lever to the right.
Otherwise, the engine could be
damaged by accidentally engag-
ing 3rd or 4th gear.
513
Driving your vehicle
• During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transmission lubricant
has warmed up. This is normal and not
harmful to the transmission.
• If you've come to a complete stop and
it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),
put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position
and release the clutch. Press the
clutch pedal back down, and then shift
into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.
E050101AUN
Using the clutch
The clutch should be pressed all the way
to the floor before shifting, then released
slowly. The clutch pedal should always be
fully released while driving. Do not rest
your foot on the clutch pedal while driv-
ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.
Do not partially engage the clutch to hold
the car on an incline. This causes unnec-
essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-
ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Do
not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and
repeatedly.
CAUTION
• To avoid premature clutch wear
and damage, do not drive with
your foot resting on the clutch
pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch
to hold the vehicle stopped on an
uphill grade, while waiting for a
traffic light, etc.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of
the transmission shift forks.
WARNING
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off. Then
make sure the transmission is
shifted into 1st gear when the
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these pre-
cautions are not followed in the
order identified.
• If your vehicle has a manual
transmission not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, it may move
and cause a serious accident
when starting the engine without
depressing the clutch pedal while
the parking brake is released and
the shift lever not in the N (neu-
tral) position.
Driving your vehicle
145
Shifting to R (Reverse)
This manual transmission is designed to
shift to R(Reverse) or the 1st gear by
using the different operation force when
you shift to R(Reverse) or the 1st gear.
• R(Reverse) is located to the left side of
the 1st gear.
• After stop the vehicle, push the shift
lever to the left side of the 1st gear
strongly then push the shift lever
upward. The warning chime operates
once.
E050102AUN
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traf-
fic or while driving up steep hills, down-
shift before the engine starts to labor.
Downshifting reduces the chance of
stalling and gives better acceleration
when you again need to increase your
speed. When the vehicle is traveling
down steep hills, downshifting helps
maintain safe speed and prolongs brake
life.
CAUTION
• If you shift to the 1st gear quickly,
because of the immediate force, it
is possible to shift to R (Reverse)
instead of 1st gear.
• Before driving, check that the
warning chime operates once,
when you press the brake pedal
and shift to R (Reverse). If the
warning chime does not operate
when you shift to R (Reverse),
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
• Before driving you should learn
how to shift to R (Reverse), to the
1st gear or the 2nd gear.
• Shift to R only when the vehicle is
stationary. When the shift lever is
pressed to the left, a slight resist-
ance has to be overcome.
OBK059013
515
Driving your vehicle
E050200AUN
Good driving practices
• Never take the car out of gear and
coast down a hill. This is extremely
hazardous. Always leave the car in
gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause
them to overheat and malfunction.
Instead, when you are driving down a
long hill, slow down and shift to a lower
gear. When you do this, engine braking
will help slow the car.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. This will help avoid over-revving
the engine, which can cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter cross
winds. This gives you much better con-
trol of your car.
• Be sure the car is completely stopped
before you attempt to shift into reverse.
The transmission can be damaged if
you do not. To shift into reverse,
depress the clutch, move the shift lever
to neutral, wait 3 seconds, then shift to
the reverse position.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is signifi-
cantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when corner-
ing or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over-
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed lim-
its.
Driving your vehicle
165
E060000AEN
E060100ABH
Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has 5 (or 6)
forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected auto-
matically, depending on the position of
the shift lever.
✽✽
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if
the battery has been disconnected, may
be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal
condition, and the shifting sequence will
adjust after shifts are cycled a few times
by the TCM (Transmission Control
Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control
Module).
For smooth operation, depress the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a
forward or reverse gear.
E060101ABK
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the shift lever position when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transmission and prevents the drive
wheels from rotating.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
OBK059006
Depress the brake pedal when shifting.
(If your vehicle is installed shift lock sys-
tem)
The selector lever can be shifted freely.
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
WARNING - Automatic
transmission
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed in the order iden-
tified.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to your trans-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on.
• When stopped on an incline, do
not hold the vehicle stationary
with engine power. Use the serv-
ice brake or the parking brake.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
517
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving posi-
tion. The transmission will automatically
shift through a 5 (or 6)-gear sequence,
providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the trans-
mission will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Always make sure the shift lever
is latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position. Set the
parking brake fully, shut the
engine off and take the key with
you. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if
you do not follow these precau-
tions in the order specified.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
while the vehicle is in motion,
except as explained in “Rocking the
vehicle” in this section.
Driving your vehicle
185
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, sports mode is selected by push-
ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-
tion into the manual gate. To return to D
(Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate.
In sport mode, it is possible to shift the
gear by using either the shift lever or the
steering wheel shift paddles (paddle
shift, if equipped).
Using the shift lever
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear (1).
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear (2).
Using the steering wheel shift paddles
(if equipped)
Up (+) : Pull the right-hand shift paddle
once to shift up one gear (3).
Down (-) : Pull the left-hand shift paddle
once to shift down one gear
(4).
✽✽
NOTICE
When the shift lever is in the P, N or R
position, you can't shift the gear by
using the steering wheel shift paddles.
In sports mode, if you pull the left and
right hand shift paddles at the same
time, you can't shift the gear.
OBK059007
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
Sports mode
OBK059007
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
Sports mode
OBK059036N
519
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must exe-
cute upshifts in accordance with road
conditions, taking care to keep the
engine speed below the red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 5 (or 6) for-
ward gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are made
automatically when the vehicle slows
down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear
is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine rpm
approaches the red zone shift points
are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety, the
system may not execute certain
gearshifts when the shift lever is oper-
ated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the trans-
mission to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)
gear which is better for smooth driv-
ing on a slippery road. Push the shift
lever to the -(down) side to shift back
to the 1st gear.
E060102ABH
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the automatic transmis-
sion has a shift lock system which pre-
vents shifting the transmission from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) or
N (Neutral) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering
noise near the shift lever may be heard.
This is a normal condition.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, then do the following:
1. Press the shift-lock release button (1).
2. Move the shift lever.
3. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-
ately.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into anoth-
er position to avoid inadvertent
motion of the vehicle which could
injure persons in or around the car.
OBK059008
Driving your vehicle
205
E060103AUN
Ignition key interlock system
(if equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position. If the ignition switch is in any
other position, the key cannot be
removed.
E060200ABH
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-
tion with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the car is completely stopped
before you attempt to shift into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the car out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave the
car in gear when moving.
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc-
tion. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift to
a lower gear. When you do this, engine
braking will help slow the car.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the car from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the accelera-
tor pedal.
521
Driving your vehicle
E060203AUN
Moving up a steep grade from a stand-
ing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand-
ing start, depress the brake pedal, shift
the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the
appropriate gear depending on load
weight and steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake. Depress the
accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is signifi-
cantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when corner-
ing or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over-
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed lim-
its.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and backward.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle. During the rocking
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.
Driving your vehicle
225
E070100AUN
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying greater
force to the brake pedal than you nor-
mally would. The stopping distance, how-
ever, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when neces-
sary to maintain steering control on slip-
pery surfaces.
E070101AUN
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the parking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot rest-
ing on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormal high brake tem-
peratures, excessive brake lining
and pad wear, and increased
stopping distances.
• When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and
avoid continuous application of
the brakes. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-
cle’s ability to safely slow down;
the vehicle may also pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test
your brakes in this fashion after
driving through deep water. To
dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Applying the parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must
use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
523
Driving your vehicle
E070102AUN
Disc brakes wear indicator
Your vehicle has disc brakes.
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high-
pitched warning sound from your front
brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this
sound come and go or it may occur
whenever you depress the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving con-
ditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when you first apply (or lightly
apply) the brakes. This is normal and
does not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
Parking brake
E070201ABK
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and then without pressing
the release button in, pull the parking
brake lever up as far as possible. In addi-
tion it is recommended that when parking
the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever
should be positioned in the appropriate
low gear on manual transmission vehi-
cles or in the P (Park) position on auto-
matic transmission vehicles.
WARNING - Brake wear
This brake wear warning sound
means your vehicle needs service.
If you ignore this audible warning,
you will eventually lose braking
performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION
• To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
• Always replace brake pads as
complete front or rear axle sets.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
OBK059009
Driving your vehicle
245
E070202AFD
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and pull up the parking
brake lever slightly. Secondly depress the
release button (1) and lower the parking
brake lever (2) while holding the button.
Check the brake warning light by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). This light will be illuminated when
the parking brake is applied with the igni-
tion switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is fully released and the brake warning
light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on after
the parking brake is released while engine
is running, there may be a malfunction in
the brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-
cle immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe loca-
tion or repair shop.
WARNING
• To prevent unintentional move-
ment when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the
gearshift lever in place of the
parking brake. Set the parking
brake AND make sure the
gearshift lever is securely posi-
tioned in 1st (First) gear or R
(Reverse) for manual transmis-
sion equipped vehicles and in P
(Park) for automatic transmission
equipped vehicles.
• Never allow anyone who is unfa-
miliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedestri-
ans.
OBK059010
W-75
525
Driving your vehicle
E070300AEN-EE
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-
lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the
wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes. Press your brake pedal as
hard as possible or as hard as the situa-
tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-
trol the force being delivered to the
brakes.
WARNING
ABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-
dents due to improper or danger-
ous driving maneuvers. Even
though vehicle control is improved
during emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance between
you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced
during extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for cars
equipped with an anti-lock braking
system (or Electronic Stability
Program system) may be longer
than for those without it in the fol-
lowing road conditions.
During these conditions the vehicle
should be driven at reduced
speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• With tire chains installed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• On roads where the road surface
is pitted or has different surface
height.
The safety features of an ABS (or
ESP) equipped vehicle should not
be tested by high speed driving or
cornering. This could endanger the
safety of yourself or others.
Driving your vehicle
265
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is start-
ed. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the anti-lock brake system
is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system,
your vehicle still requires sufficient
stopping distance. Always maintain a
safe distance from the vehicle in front
of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-
vent accidents resulting from exces-
sive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping dis-
tance than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
✽✽
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the engine
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
W-78
CAUTION
• If the ABS warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem
with the ABS. In this case, howev-
er, your regular brakes will work
normally.
• The ABS warning light will stay on
for approximately 3 seconds after
the ignition switch is ON. During
that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go
off if everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and operate your brakes continu-
ously, the ABS will be active con-
tinuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your car
over to a safe place and stop the
engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a prob-
lem with the ABS. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
527
Driving your vehicle
E070500AUN-EE
Electronic stability program (ESP)
(If equipped)
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
system is designed to stabilize the vehicle
during cornering maneuvers. ESP checks
where you are steering and where the
vehicle is actually going. ESP applies the
brakes at individual wheels and
intervenes in the engine management
system to stabilize the vehicle.
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
system is an electronic system designed
to help the driver maintain vehicle control
under adverse conditions. It is not a
substitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road conditions
and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESP will be effective in
preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESP is active.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is start-
ed. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the Electronic Stability
Program System is functioning proper-
ly.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when cor-
nering. Electronic stability program
(ESP) will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on
wet surfaces can still result in seri-
ous accidents. Only a safe and
attentive driver can prevent acci-
dents by avoiding maneuvers that
cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESP installed, always fol-
low all the normal precautions for
driving - including driving at safe
speeds for the conditions.
OBK059011
Driving your vehicle
285
E070501AUN-EE
ESP operation
ESP ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-
cator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESP is turned on.
• Press the ESP OFF button
for at least half a second after
turning the ignition ON to turn
ESP off. (ESP OFF indicator
will illuminate). To turn the
ESP on, press the ESP OFF
button (ESP OFF indicator
light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking
sound. This is the ESP per-
forming an automatic system
self-check and does not indi-
cate a problem.
When operating
When the ESP is in operation,
ESP indicator light blinks.
• When the Electronic Stability
Program is operating proper-
ly, you can feel a slight pulsa-
tion in the vehicle. This is only
the effect of brake control and
indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the mud
or slippery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm (revo-
lutions per minute) to
increase.
E070502ABH
ESP operation off
ESP OFF state
• To cancel ESP operation,
press the ESP OFF button
for more than 0.5 second.
(ESP OFF indicator light illumi-
nates).
• If the engine stops when ESP is off,
ESP remains off. Upon restarting the
engine, the ESP will automatically turn
on again.
-
529
Driving your vehicle
D150323ABK-EE
ESP indicator (Electronic
Stability Program)
The ESP indicator will illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned ON, but
should go off after approximately 3 sec-
onds. When the ESP is on, it monitors the
driving conditions and under normal driv-
ing conditions, the ESP indicator will
remain off. When a slippery or low trac-
tion condition is encountered, the ESP
will operate, and the ESP indicator will
blink to indicate the ESP is operating.
If ESP indicator illuminates the ESP
may have a malfunction. Take your car to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked.
D150324AEN-EE
ESP OFF indicator
The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go off after approximately 3
seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,
press the ESP OFF button . The ESP
OFF indicator will illumi-
nate indicating the ESP is deactivated.
If you use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle with the ESP system in the stand-
by position when the brake is not work
normally, the ESP system may be stop
operation and ESP OFF indicator may be
illuminated for about 5 minutes.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESP system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
CAUTION
Do not use the parking brake to
stop the vehicle except in an emer-
gency situation.
WARNING
The Electronic Stability Program
system is only a driving aid; use
precautions for safe driving by
slowing down on curved, snowy, or
icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t
attempt to accelerate whenever the
ESP indicator light is blinking, or
when the road surface is slippery.
Driving your vehicle
305
E070504ABH-EE
ESP OFF usage
When driving
• ESP should be turned on for daily driv-
ing whenever possible. If ESP is turned
off, it is difficult to make a turn or drive
up a hill.
• To turn ESP off while driving, press the
ESP OFF button while driving on a
flat road surface.
Never press the ESP OFF button
while ESP is operating (ESP indicator
light blinks).
If ESP is turned off while ESP is operat-
ing, it may be very dangerous because of
unexpected vehicle slip.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESP is
turned off (ESP OFF light illumi-
nated). If the ESP is left on, it may
prevent the vehicle speed from
increasing, and result in false diagno-
sis.
• Turning the ESP off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
E070600BFD
Good braking practices
WARNING
Never press the ESP OFF button
while ESP is operating.
If the ESP is turned off while ESP is
operating, the vehicle may go out of
control.
To turn ESP off while driving, press
the ESP OFF button while driv-
ing on a flat road surface.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving vehicle or
parking, always set the parking
brake as far as possible and fully
engage the vehicle's transmis-
sion into the park position.
Vehicles not fully engaged in park
with the parking brake set are at
risk for moving inadvertently and
injuring yourself or others.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedestri-
ans.
531
Driving your vehicle
• After parking the vehicle, check to be
sure the parking brake is not engaged
and that the parking brake indicator
light is out before driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the car is washed. Wet brakes
can be dangerous! Your car will not
stop as quickly if the brakes are wet.
Wet brakes may cause the car to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal, taking care to keep the car
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the car out
of gear. This is extremely hazardous.
Keep the car in gear at all times, use
the brakes to slow down, then shift to a
lower gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while driv-
ing can be dangerous because it can
result in the brakes overheating and
losing their effectiveness. It also
increases the wear of the brake com-
ponents.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
car pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do so,
pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
• If your car is equipped with an auto-
matic transmission, don't let your car
creep forward. To avoid creeping for-
ward, keep your foot firmly on the
brake pedal when the car is stopped.
• Use caution when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P. If your car is
facing downhill, turn the front wheels
into the curb to help keep the car from
rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the car from rolling. If there
is no curb or if it is required by other
conditions to keep the car from rolling,
block the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the
parking brake may freeze, apply it only
temporarily while you put the shift lever
in P (automatic transmission), or in first
or reverse gear (manual transmission)
and block the rear wheels so the car
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
Driving your vehicle
325
E090000ABH
The cruise control system allows you to
program the vehicle to maintain a con-
stant speed without pressing the acceler-
ator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 40 km/h (25 mph)
and below approximately 180 km/h (113
mph).
✽✽
NOTICE
During normal cruise control operation,
when the SET switch is activated or
reactivated after applying the brakes,
the cruise control will energize after
approximately 3 seconds. This delay is
normal.
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
• If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated)
the cruise control can be
switched on accidentally. Keep
the cruise control system off
(CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in
use, to avoid inadvertently set-
ting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system
only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not use the cruise control
when it may not be safe to keep
the car at a constant speed, for
instance, driving in heavy or
varying traffic, or on slippery
(rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
winding roads or over 6% up-hill
or down-hill roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control system.
• Be careful when driving downhill
using the cruise control system,
which may increase the vehicle
speed.
533
Driving your vehicle
E090100ABK
To set cruise control speed:
1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the
steering wheel to turn the system on.
The CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 40 km/h (25 mph)
and less than 180 km/h (113 mph).
3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), and
release it at the desired speed. The
SET indicator light in the instrument
cluster will illuminate. Release the
accelerator pedal. The desired speed
will automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow
down or speed up slightly while going
uphill or downhill.
E090200ABK
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and
hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2.0 km/h (1.2
mph) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time
you move the lever up (to RES+) in this
manner.
OBK059031N OBK059030NOBK059029N
1
1
Driving your vehicle
345
E090300ABK
To decrease the cruising speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the lever at the speed
you want to maintain.
• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 2.0 km/h (1.2
mph) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time
you move the lever down (to SET-) in
this manner.
E090400ABK
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily when
the cruise control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal. Increased speed will
not interfere with cruise control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-) at
increased speed, the cruising speed will
be set again.
E090500ABK
To cancel cruise control, do one
of the following:
• Press the brake pedal.
• Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral) with
an automatic transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch located on
the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than
the memory speed by 15 km/h (9
mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 32 km/h (20 mph).
• Increase the vehicle speed to more
than approximately 200 km/h (125
mph).
OBK059032NOBK059031N
1
535
Driving your vehicle
• Operate the parking brake. Do not
operate the parking brake while driving
except in an emergency situation.
Each of these actions will cancel cruise
control operation (the SET indicator light
in the instrument cluster will go off), but it
will not turn the system off. If you wish to
resume cruise control operation, move
the lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.
E090600ABH
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 40 km/h
(25 mph):
If any method other than the cruise
ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis-
ing speed and the system is still activat-
ed, the most recent set speed will auto-
matically resume when you move the
lever (1) up (to RES+).
It will not resume, however, if the vehicle
speed has dropped below approximately
40 km/h (25 mph).
E090700ABH
To turn cruise control off, do one
of the following:
• Push the cruise ON/OFF button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster will go off).
• Turn the engine off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise con-
trol operation. If you want to resume
cruise control operation, repeat the steps
provided in “To set cruise control speed”
on the previous page.
OBK059030N
1
Driving your vehicle
365
E100000AUN
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where you
drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
miles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-
lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicle
as economically as possible, use the fol-
lowing driving suggestions to help save
money in both fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-
ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts
or full-throttle shifts and maintain a
steady cruising speed. Don't race
between stoplights. Try to adjust your
speed to that of the other traffic so you
don't have to change speeds unneces-
sarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever
possible. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from other vehicles so you can
avoid unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your car uses.
Driving at a moderate speed, especial-
ly on the highway, is one of the most
effective ways to reduce fuel consump-
tion.
• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.
This can increase fuel consumption
and also increase wear on these com-
ponents. In addition, driving with your
foot resting on the brake pedal may
cause the brakes to overheat, which
reduces their effectiveness and may
lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure.
Incorrect inflation, either too much or
too little, results in unnecessary tire
wear. Check the tire pressures at least
once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-
ment causes faster tire wear and may
also result in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your car in good condition. For
better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your car
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. If you drive your
car in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see section 7
for details).
• Keep your car clean. For maximum
service, your vehicle should be kept
clean and free of corrosive materials. It
is especially important that mud, dirt,
ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate
on the underside of the car. This extra
weight can result in increased fuel con-
sumption and also contribute to corro-
sion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your car. Weight reduces fuel
economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
537
Driving your vehicle
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After the
engine has started, allow the engine to
run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-
ing the vehicle in gear. In very cold
weather, however, give your engine a
slightly longer warm-up period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in too high
a gear resulting in the engine bucking.
If this happens, shift to a lower gear.
Over-revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-
ed by shifting at the recommended
speeds.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is operat-
ed by engine power so your fuel econ-
omy is reduced when you use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some of
this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-
dition is important both for economy and
safety. Therefore, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled
inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off dur-
ing motion
Never turn the engine off to coast
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
in motion. The power steering and
power brakes will not function
properly without the engine run-
ning. Instead, keep the engine on
and downshift to an appropriate
gear for engine braking effect. In
addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in
loss of vehicle steering which
could cause serious injury or
death.
Driving your vehicle
385
E110100ABH
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-
tance for braking.
• Avoid sudden movements in braking or
steering.
• When braking with non-ABS brakes
pump the brake pedal with a light up-
and-down motion until the vehicle is
stopped.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when stalled
in ice, snow, or mud.
E110200ATQ
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free
it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the
steering wheel right and left to clear the
area around your drive wheels.Then, shift
back and forth between R (Reverse) and
any forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an automatic transmission. Do not
race the engine, and spin the wheels as
little as possible. If you are still stuck after
a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by
a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating
and possible damage to the transmission
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
OBK059019
WARNING - ABS
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
WARNING - Downshifting
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission, while driving on slip-
pery surfaces can cause an acci-
dent. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
Be careful when downshifting on
slippery surfaces.
CAUTION
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine over-heating, transmission
damage or failure, and tire damage.
539
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The ESP system should be turned OFF
prior to rocking the vehicle.
E110300AUN
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-
ners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be held
to a minimum.
E110400ABH
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight, here
are some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
WARNING - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially
at speeds more than 56 km/h (35
mph). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is station-
ary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that may injure bystanders.
OBK059021
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and backward.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle. During the rocking
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.
OBK059020N
Driving your vehicle
405
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and prop-
erly aimed on vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlight aiming
feature. Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more diffi-
cult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to read-
just to the darkness.
E110500AUN
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not pre-
pared for the slick pavement. Here are a
few things to consider when driving in the
rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
• Keep your windshield wiping equip-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-
ier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking oper-
ation returns.
E110600AUN
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no high-
er than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
OBK059022N
541
Driving your vehicle
E110700ABH
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires which
may result in reduced traction or tire fail-
ure.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both engine coolant and engine
oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may result
in overheating of the engine.
WARNING
• Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud-
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death.
Always check tires for proper
inflation before driving. For prop-
er tire pressures, refer to “Tires
and wheels” in section 8.
• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-
cient tread is dangerous. Worn-
out tires can result in loss of
vehicle control, collisions, injury,
and even death. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible and should never be
used for driving. Always check
the tire tread before driving your
car. For further information and
tread limits, refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 7.
OBK029001
Driving your vehicle
425
E120000ABH
More severe weather conditions of winter
result in greater wear and other prob-
lems. To minimize winter driving problem,
you should follow these suggestions:
E120100ABK
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may
be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires. If snow
tires are needed, it is necessary to select
tires equivalent in size and type of the
original equipment tires. Failure to do so
may adversely affect the safety and han-
dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-
cations, and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-
cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep suffi-
cient distance between the vehicle in
operation in front and your vehicle. Also,
apply the brake gently. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but will
not prevent side skids.
✽✽
NOTICE
Tire chains are not legal in all countries.
Check the country laws before fitting
tire chains.
E120101AUN
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’s handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that the
traction provided by snow tires on dry
roads may not be as high as your vehi-
cle's original equipment tires. You should
drive cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for max-
imum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal regu-
lations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WINTER DRIVING
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's stan-
dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
OBK059025
CAUTION
If your vehicle is equipped with the
summer tire for the best driving
performance on the dry street, its
performance is low, so when driv-
ing on the rain and wet roads,
replace the tires by snow tires or all
season tires.
543
Driving your vehicle
E120102ABH
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by mount-
ing some types of snow chains on them.
Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-
ommended instead of snow chains. Do
not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; snow
chains may cause damage to the wheels.
If snow chains must be used, use wire-
type chains with a thickness of less than
12 mm (0.47 in). Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper snow chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manufactur-
ers warranty.
Install tire chains only on the rear tires.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the manu-
facturer's instructions and mount them as
tightly as you can. Drive slowly with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
CAUTION
• Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for your
tires. Incorrect snow chains can
cause damage to the vehicle body
and suspension and may not be
covered by your vehicle manufac-
turer warranty. Also, the snow
chain connecting hooks may be
damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow
chains to come loose from the
tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class “S” certified.
• Always check chain installation
for proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to
0.6 miles) to ensure safe mount-
ing. Retighten or remount the
chains if they are loose.
WARNING
- Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place
a triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if avail-
able. Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and
turn off the engine before installing
snow chains.
1JBA4068
Driving your vehicle
445
E120200AUN
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubri-
cates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in section 7.
Before winter, have your coolant tested to
assure that its freezing point is sufficient
for the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
E120300AEN
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat-
tery and cables as described in section
7. The level of charge in your battery can
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer or a service station.
E120400ABH
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See section 8
for recommendations. If you aren't sure
what weight oil you should use, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
E120500AUN
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
section 7 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo-
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
WARNING - Tire chains
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturer’s rec-
ommended speed limit, whichev-
er is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other
road hazards, which may cause
the vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-
wheel braking.
CAUTION
• Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, sus-
pension, body and wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
545
Driving your vehicle
E120600AUN
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an
approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into
the key opening. If a lock is covered with
ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing
fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to thaw
it out by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
E120700AEN
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
not use engine coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
E120800ABH
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there
is an accumulation of snow or ice around
or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
are wet. If there is a risk the parking
brake may freeze, apply it only temporar-
ily while you put the gear shift lever in P
and block the rear wheels so the car can-
not roll. Then release the parking brake.
E120900AUN
Don't let ice and snow accumu-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and inter-
fere with the steering. When driving in
severe winter conditions where this may
happen, you should periodically check
underneath the car to be sure the move-
ment of the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.
E121000AUN
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the weath-
er where you drive your car, you should
carry appropriate emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a
shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,
etc.
Driving your vehicle
465
E160000ABH
This section will guide you in the proper
loading of your vehicle, to keep your
loaded vehicle weight within its design
rating capability. Properly loading your
vehicle will provide maximum return of
the vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, from the
vehicle's specifications and the certifica-
tion label:
E160100AUN
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle including
a full tank of fuel and all standard equip-
ment. It does not include passengers,
cargo, or optional equipment.
E160200AUN
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
E160300AUN
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
E160400AUN
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
E160500AUN
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the certification label.
The total load on each axle must never
exceed its GAWR.
E160600AUN
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
E160700AUN
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers and
cargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-
tification label located on the driver’s (or
front passenger’s) door sill.
E160800AUN
Overloading
VEHICLE WEIGHT
WARNING - Vehicle weight
The gross axle weight rating
(GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-
cle are on the certification label
attached to the driver's (or front
passenger’s) door. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an acci-
dent or vehicle damage. You can
calculate the weight of your load by
weighing the items (and people)
before putting them in the vehicle.
Be careful not to overload your
vehicle.
547
Driving your vehicle
E140000ABH
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
TRAILER TOWING
6
Road warning / 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2
If the engine will not start / 6-3
Emergency starting / 6-4
If the engine overheats / 6-6
If you have a flat tire / 6-7
Towing / 6-15
Emergency commodity / 6-19
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
26
ROAD WARNING
F010100AUN
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the vehi-
cle is stopped near the edge of a road-
way.
Depress the flasher switch with the igni-
tion switch in any position. The flasher
switch is located in the center console
switch panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi-
cle is being towed.
F020100ABK
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-
cle to a safe place.
F020200ABK
If you have a flat tire while driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the car slow down while driving
straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes
immediately or attempt to pull off the
road as this may cause a loss of con-
trol. When the car has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a divid-
ed highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
OBK049044
63
What to do in an emergency
2.When the car is stopped, turn on your
emergency hazard flashers, set the
parking brake and put the transmission
in P (automatic transmission) or
reverse (manual transmission).
3.Have all passengers get out of the car.
Be sure they all get out on the side of
the car that is away from traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this sec-
tion.
F020300AEN
If engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
F030100ABK
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an automatic trans-
mission, be sure the gear selector
lever is in N(Neutral) or P(Park) and
the emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the
starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
it. See instructions for "Jump starting".
F030200ABH
If the engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, check all connectors at the
ignition coils and spark plugs.
Reconnect any that may be discon-
nected or loose.
3. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do not
push or pull the car to start it. This
could result in a collision or cause
other damage.
What to do in an emergency
46
EMERGENCY STARTING
F040000AUN
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
F040100AEN
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow the jump starting proce-
dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-
mend that you have a competent techni-
cian or towing service jump start your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system.
You can damage a 12-volt starting
motor, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair by
use of a 24-volt power supply (either
two 12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
• Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery pro-
duces hydrogen gas which may
explode if exposed to flame or
sparks.
If these instructions are not fol-
lowed exactly, serious personal
injury and damage to the vehicle
may occur! If you are not sure
how to follow this procedure,
seek qualified assistance.
Automobile batteries contain sul-
furic acid. This is poisonous and
highly corrosive. When jump
starting, wear protective glasses
and be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
car.
• Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte level
is low; the battery may rupture or
explode.
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as this
may cause the battery to rupture or
explode causing serious injury.
OBK069023
65
What to do in an emergency
F040101ABK
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence shown in the illustration.
First connect one end of a jumper
cable to the positive terminal of the
discharged battery (1), then connect
the other end to the positive terminal
on the booster battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative ter-
minal of the booster battery (3), then
the other end to a solid, stationary,
metallic point (for example, the engine
lifting bracket) away from the battery
(4). Do not connect it to or near any
part that moves when the engine is
cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to con-
tact anything except the correct battery
terminals or the correct ground. Do not
lean over the battery when making
connections.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
booster battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-
cle with the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent, you should have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
F040200ABK
Push-starting
Your manual transmission-equipped
vehicle should not be push-started
because it might damage the emission
control system.
Vehicles equipped with automatic trans-
mission cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section for
jump-starting.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward
when the engine starts could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
CAUTION - Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative ter-
minal of the discharged battery.
This can cause the discharged bat-
tery to overheat and crack, releas-
ing battery acid.
What to do in an emergency
66
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
F050000ABK
If your temperature gauge indicates over-
heating, you experience a loss of power,
or hear loud pinging or knocking, the
engine is probably too hot. If this hap-
pens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic
transmission) or neutral (manual trans-
mission) and set the parking brake. If
the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the car or steam is coming out from
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open
the hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has stopped.
If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be sure
the engine cooling fan is operating. If
the fan is not running, turn the engine
off.
4. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing. If it is not missing,
check to see that it is tight. If the drive
belt seems to be satisfactory, check for
coolant leaking from the radiator,
hoses or under the car. (If the air con-
ditioning had been in use, it is normal
for cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for assistance.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine tem-
perature has returned to normal. Then,
if coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If over-
heating happens again, call an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away from
moving parts such as the fan and
drive belts to prevent injury.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This can
allow coolant to be blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
67
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
F070100ABH
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment. Pull up the luggage
box cover to reach this equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
F070101AUN
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING - Changing tires
• Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public
road or highway.
• Always move the vehicle com-
pletely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on level firm ground.
If you cannot find a firm, level
place off the road, call a tow-
ing service company for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking posi-
tions on the vehicle; never
use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jack
support.
• The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
should place any portion of
their body under a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack;
use vehicle support stands.
(Continued)
OBK069001A
What to do in an emergency
86
F070200ABH
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
F070300ABK
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the shift lever into
R(Reverse) with manual transmis-
sion or P(Park) with automatic
transmission.
3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
er.
OBK069002
(Continued)
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Make sure any children pres-
ent are in a secure place away
from the road and from the
vehicle to be raised with the
jack.
OBK069004N
69
What to do in an emergency
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
the jack position.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
OBK069014 OBK069003
WARNING -
Changing a tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person
remain in the vehicle that is
being jacked.
What to do in an emergency
106
7. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame. The jacking positions
are plates welded to the frame
with two tabs and a raised dot to
index with the jack.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can be
slid over the other studs.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
OBK069022OBK069015
611
What to do in an emergency
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on
the studs, put the wheel nuts on
the studs and tighten them finger
tight. The nuts should be installed
with their tapered small diameter
ends directed inward. Jiggle the
tire to be sure it is completely
seated, then tighten the nuts as
much as possible with your fin-
gers again.
11. Insert the jack handle into the
jack and turn it counterclockwise
to lower the vehicle to the
ground.
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
tighten the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)
WARNING
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before
putting the wheel into place, be
sure that there is nothing on the
hub or wheel (such as mud, tar,
gravel, etc.) that interferes with
the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
If there is, remove it. If there is
not good contact on the mount-
ing surface between the wheel
and hub, the wheel nuts could
come loose and cause the loss
of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may
result in loss of control of the
vehicle. This may cause serious
injury or death.
OBK069016
What to do in an emergency
126
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recom-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the cor-
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is
not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as pos-
sible.
After you have changed wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled -
or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud or
vice-versa will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to
use extreme care in checking
for thread style before installing
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING - Inadequate
spare tire pressure
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-
tion 8.
613
What to do in an emergency
F070301ABK
Important - use of compact spare tire
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu-
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
The compact spare should be inflat-
ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).
✽✽
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
such as a pothole or debris, could
seriously damage the compact
spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible per-
sonal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION
• You should drive carefully
when the compact spare tire
is in use. The compact spare
tire should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle
is not recommended with
more than one compact spare
tire in use at the same time.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
80 km/h (50 mph). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the spare possi-
bly leading to personal injury or
death.
What to do in an emergency
146
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the com-
pact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car compo-
nents may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
615
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
F080100ABH
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-
ing procedures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel
dollies or flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground (without dol-
lies) and the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-
sion components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the rear
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
rear of the vehicle should always be lift-
ed, not the front.
OBK069017
A
B
C
dolly
OBK069018
OBK069019
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground as this
may cause damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equip-
ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
What to do in an emergency
166
When towing your vehicle in an emer-
gency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-
tion.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
F080200ABH
Removable towing hook
(if equipped)
1. Open the trunk, and remove the tow-
ing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front or
rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) may cause internal dam-
age to the transmission.
OBK069010
OBK069011
Front
Rear
617
What to do in an emergency
F080300AFD
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tem-
porarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
under the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to
steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-
cle out of mud, sand or other condi-
tions from which the vehicle cannot be
driven out under its own power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the
vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequent-
ly.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and
even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
Always pull straight ahead.
OBK069010
OBK069011
Front
Rear
CAUTION
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for tow-
ing may damage the body of your
vehicle.
• Use only a cable or chain specifi-
cally intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the
cable or chain to the towing hook
provided.
What to do in an emergency
186
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16
feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the
middle of the strap for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing strap
is not loosened during towing.
F080301ABH
Emergency towing precautions
• Place the ignition switch in ACC so the
steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transmission shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more force
than normal since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill, the
brakes may overheat and brake per-
formance will be reduced. Stop often
and let the brakes cool off.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and tow-
ing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or dam-
age.
• If the disabled vehicle is unable
to be moved, do not forcibly con-
tinue the towing. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service for
assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle dur-
ing towing.
OBK069020
CAUTION - Automatic
transmission
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transmission is in
neutral. Be sure the steering is
unlocked by placing the ignition
switch in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehi-
cle to operate the steering and
brakes.
• To avoid serious damage to the
automatic transmission, limit the
vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)
and drive less than 1.5 km (1
mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the level of
the automatic transmission fluid.
If it is below the "HOT" range on
the dipstick, add fluid. If you can-
not add fluid, a towing dolly must
be used.
619
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)
F110000AUN
There are some emergency commodities
in the vehicle to help you respond to the
emergency situation.
F110100AUN
Fire extinguisher
If there is small fire and you know how to
use the fire extinguisher, take the follow-
ing steps carefully.
1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin-
guisher that keeps the handle from
being accidentally pressed.
2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of the
fire.
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away
from the fire and squeeze the handle
to discharge the extinguisher. If you
release the handle, the discharge will
stop.
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the
base of the fire. After the fire appears
to be out, watch it carefully since it
may re-ignite.
F110200AUN
First aid kit
There are some items such as scissors,
bandage and adhesive tape and etc. in
the kit to give first aid to an injured per-
son.
F110300AUN
Triangle reflector
Place the triangle reflector on the road to
warn oncoming vehicles during emer-
gencies, such as when the vehicle is
parked by the roadside due to any prob-
lems.
F110400AUN
Tire pressure gauge
(If equipped)
Tires normally lose some air in day-to-
day use, and you may have to add a few
pounds of air periodically and it is not
usually a sign of a leaking tire, but of nor-
mal wear. Always check tire pressure
when the tires are cold because tire pres-
sure increases with temperature.
To check the tire pressure, take the fol-
lowing steps;
1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is
located on the rim of the tire.
2. Press and hold the gauge against the
tire valve. Some air will escape as you
begin and more will escape if you don't
press the gauge in firmly.
3. A firm non-leaking push will activate
the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge to
know whether the tire pressure is low
or high.
5. Adjust the tire pressures to the speci-
fied pressure. Refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 8.
6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.
7
Engine compartment / 7-2
Maintenance services / 7-4
Owner maintenance / 7-5
Scheduled maintenance service / 7-7
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-14
Engine oil / 7-17
Engine coolant / 7-18
Brake and clutch fluid / 7-21
Power steering fluid / 7-22
Automatic transmission fluid / 7-23
Manual transmission fluid / 7-23
Washer fluid / 7-23
Parking brake / 7-24
Air cleaner / 7-25
Climate control air filter / 7-26
Wiper blades / 7-28
Battery / 7-31
Tires and wheels / 7-34
Fuses / 7-44
Light bulbs / 7-53
Appearance care / 7-60
Emission control system / 7-66
Maintenance
Maintenance
27
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
G010000AEN-EE
■■
2.0 TCI Engine
1. Negative battery terminal
2. Positive battery terminal
3. Fuse and relay box
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
5. Power steering fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Radiator cap
8. Engine oil filler cap
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Brake fluid reservoir
11. Engine coolant reservoir
OBK019003
73
Maintenance
1. Negative battery terminal
2. Positive battery terminal
3. Fuse and relay box
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
5. Power steering fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Radiator cap
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Engine oil filler cap
10. Brake fluid reservoir
11. Engine coolant reservoir
■■
3.8 Engine
OBK019004
Maintenance
47
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
G020000AEN
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection proce-
dures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi-
cle, we strongly recommend that you
have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
perform this work.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-
tory-trained technicians and genuine
HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle
properly. For expert advice and quality
service, see an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or person-
al injury.
G020100AEN
Owner’s responsibility
✽✽
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with the
scheduled maintenance service charts
shown on the following pages. You need
this information to establish your compli-
ance with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided
in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized
HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high
service quality standards and receives
technical support from HYUNDAI in
order to provide you with a high level of
service satisfaction.
G020200AEN
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special
tools.
✽✽
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect warran-
ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-
rate Service Passport provided with the
vehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-
icing or maintenance procedure, have it
done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
75
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
G030000AEN
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed by
the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer at the frequencies indicated to
help ensure safe, dependable operation
of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
G030101AUN
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING - Maintenance
work
• Performing maintenance work on
a vehicle can be dangerous. You
can be seriously injured while
performing some maintenance
procedures. If you lack sufficient
knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do
the work, have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Working under the hood with the
engine running is dangerous. It
becomes even more dangerous
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. These can become
entangled in moving parts and
result in injury. Therefore, if you
must run the engine while work-
ing under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (espe-
cially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose cloth-
ing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure. This could cause burns
or other serious injury.
Maintenance
67
G030102ABH
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-
eling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the oper-
ation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check automatic transmission P (Park)
function.
• Check parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle
(water dripping from the air condition-
ing system during or after use is nor-
mal).
G030103AUN
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-
nals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
G030104AHM
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air con-
ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose wheel
lug nuts.
77
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
G030105AHM
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the power steering fluid level.
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
G040000AUN
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if
the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply. If
any of the following conditions apply, fol-
low Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy
areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in cold
temperatures and/or extremely humid
climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy city
traffic during hot weather above 32°C
(90°F).
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After 96 months or 120,000 km (80,000
miles) continue to follow the prescribed
maintenance intervals.
Maintenance
87
G040100ABK
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (EXCEPT EUROPE)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
: Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*
2
: Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*
3
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
** : Driving in summer season temperature over 40°C (104°F - SAUDI, UAE, OMAN, KUWAIT, BAHRAIN, QATAR, IRAN,YEMEN
ETC) or driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) must conform the severe driving condition.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Drive belts *
1
IIII
Engine oil and
2.0 TCI
engine oil filter *
2
3.8L
For Middle East
Except Middle East R R R R R R R R
For China, India,
RRR RRRRR
Air cleaner filter
Middle East
Except China, India,
IIRIIRII
Middle East
Spark plugs
Replace every 165,000 km (110,000 miles) or 120 months *
3
Replace every 10,000 km (6,250 miles) or 12 months **
At first, replace at 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months;
after that, replace every 8,000 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months
79
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Valve clearance *
4
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I
Fuel tank air filter*
6
IRIR
Vacuum and crankcase ventilation hoses I I
Vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Fuel filter *
6
IRIR
Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months *
5
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*4
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should per-
form the operation.
*5
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*
6
: Fuel filter and fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-
tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
Maintenance
107
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
7
: When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*
8
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I
Cooling system
Engine coolant *
7
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
All electrical systems I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal (if equipped) I I I I
Parking brake I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid
III IIIII
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
At first, replace at 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months:
after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *
8
Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
711
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
9
: Rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Power steering fluid and hoses I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R
Manual transmission fluid I I
Automatic transmission fluid I I
Rear axle oil *
9
IIII
Propeller shaft I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Maintenance
127
G040200ABK
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS (EXCEPT EUROPE)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Engine oil and
2.0 TCI R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
A, B, C, D, E, F,
engine oil filter 3.8L
For Middle East R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
G, H, I, K, L
Except Middle East R Every 7,500 km (4,500 miles) or 6 months
Air cleaner element R C, E
Spark plugs R B, H
Manual transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid R Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) A, C, F, G, I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
Rear axle oil R Every 120,000 km (75,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, K
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
713
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32°C (90°F)
G : Driving in mountainous areas
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-
ing
J : Driving over 140 km/h (87 mile/h)
K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
Propeller shaft I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months C, E
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Maintenance
147
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
G050100AUN
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the car is being
driven in severe conditions, more fre-
quent oil and filter changes are required.
G050200AUN
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-
ration and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces-
sary.
G050300ABH
Fuel filter
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven, damage
the emission system and cause multiple
issues such as hard starting. If an exces-
sive amount of foreign matter accumu-
lates in the fuel tank, the filter may
require replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for leaks
at the connections. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
G050400ABH
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace
any damaged or leaking parts immedi-
ately.
715
Maintenance
G050600AUN
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
G050700AUN
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence
of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard
and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,
abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-
cate deterioration. Particular attention
should be paid to examine those hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat dam-
age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and cou-
plings, to make sure they are secure, and
that no leaks are present. Hoses should
be replaced immediately if there is any
evidence of deterioration or damage.
G050800AEN
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
G050900AUN
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
G051000AEN
Valve clearance
Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should
perform the operation.
G051100AUN
Cooling system
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
G051200AUN
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
G051300ABK
Manual transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the manual transmission fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
G051400ABK
Automatic transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
G051500AUN
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Maintenance
167
G051600AUN
Brake fluid
Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid
reservoir. The level should be between
“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side of
the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake
fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4
specification.
G051700AUN
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system includ-
ing the parking brake pedal and cables.
G051900AUN
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid
leakage.
G052100AUN
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
G052200AUN
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
G052300AEN
Power steering pump, belt and
hoses
Check the power steering pump and
hoses for leakage and damage. Replace
any damaged or leaking parts immedi-
ately. Inspect the power steering belt (or
drive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,
excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-
sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.
G052400AUN
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-
essary, repack the grease.
G052500AUN
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and con-
nections for leakage and damage.
717
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
G060100AEN
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few
minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
re-insert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F and L.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring
the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and capaci-
ties” in section 8.)
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
OBK079002
OBK079035
CAUTION
Do not overfill with engine oil.
Engine damage may result.
2.0L
3.8L
OBK079003
OBK079036
2.0L
3.8L
Maintenance
187
G060200AEN
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the begin-
ning of this section.
G070000AUN
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-
tory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
G070100AEN
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irrita-
tion or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil
contains chemicals that have
caused cancer in laboratory ani-
mals. Always protect your skin by
washing your hands thoroughly
with soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used oil.
ENGINE COOLANT
WARNING - Removing
radiator cap
• Never attempt to remove the radi-
ator cap while the engine is oper-
ating or hot. Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in seri-
ous personal injury from escap-
ing hot coolant or steam.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Turn the engine off and wait until
it cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operat-
ing, do not remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may still blow
out under pressure, causing seri-
ous injury.
719
Maintenance
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-
rated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection
against freezing and corrosion. Bring the
level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent
additions are required, see an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system
inspection.
G070101BUN
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only deion-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory. An improp-
er coolant mixture can result in serious
malfunction or engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be pro-
tected by an ethylene-glycol-based
coolant to prevent corrosion and freez-
ing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-
lowing table.
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
OBK079004
OBK079037
2.0L
3.8L
Maintenance
207
G070200AEN
Changing the coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this section.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pres-
sure causing serious injury.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts such
as the generator.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
OBK079005
721
Maintenance
BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
G080100AUN
Checking the brake/clutch fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-
odically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly to
prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition asso-
ciated with the wear of the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants or
capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING - Brake fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-
ly. Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid
should come in contact with your
eyes, immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doc-
tor as soon as possible.
WARNING - Loss of brake
fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBK079007
CAUTION
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be disposed of properly.
Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.
A few drops of mineral-based oil,
such as engine oil, in your brake /
clutch system can damage brake /
clutch system parts.
Maintenance
227
POWER STEERING FLUID
G090100ABH
Checking the power steering fluid
level
With the vehicle on level ground, check
the fluid level in the power steering reser-
voir periodically. The fluid should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the gauge at the normal tempera-
ture.
Before adding power steering fluid, thor-
oughly clean the area around the reser-
voir cap to prevent power steering fluid
contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level.
✽✽
NOTICE - (if equipped)
Check that the fluid level is in the
"HOT" range on the gauge. If the fluid
is cold, check that it is in the "COLD"
range.
In the event the power steering system
requires frequent addition of fluid, the
vehicle should be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only the specified power steering
fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants
or capacities" in section 8.)
G090200AEN
Checking the power steering
hose
Check the connections for oil leaks, dam-
age and twists in the power steering
hose before driving.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, do not operate the
vehicle for prolonged periods
with a low power steering fluid
level.
• Never start the engine when the
reservoir tank is empty.
• When adding fluid, be careful that
dirt does not get into the tank.
• Too little fluid can result in
increased steering effort and/or
noise from the power steering
system.
• The use of the non-specified fluid
could reduce the effectiveness of
the power steering system and
cause damage to it.
OBK079006
723
Maintenance
G100100ABK
It is recommended that the automatic
transmission fluid should be checked or
changed at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer in accordance to the scheduled
maintenance.
G280100ABK
It is recommended that the manual trans-
mission fluid should be checked or
changed at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer in accordance to the scheduled
maintenance.
G120100AUN
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
WASHER FLUID
OBK079008
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal-
function and failure.
Use only specified automatic trans-
mission fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal-
function and failure.
Use only specified manual trans-
mission fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
Maintenance
247
G140100ABK
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking brake by
counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
while fully applying it from the released
position. Also, the parking brake alone
should securely hold the vehicle on a fair-
ly steep grade. If the stroke is more or
less than specified, have the parking
brake adjusted by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 5 notch at a force of
20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
• Windshield Washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol
and can be flammable under cer-
tain circumstances. Do not allow
sparks or flame to contact the
washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle
or occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is poi-
sonous to humans and animals.
Do not drink and avoid contacting
windshield washer fluid. Serious
injury or death could occur.
OBK059009
PARKING BRAKE
725
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
G160100ABK
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary, and
should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching
clips.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage condi-
tions” in this section.)
OBK079009 OBK079010
OBH078013
Maintenance
267
G170100AEN
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the Maintenance
Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it per-
forming the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other compo-
nents.
G170200ABK
Filter replacement
1. Open the glove box and remove the
support rod (1).
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces-
sive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner fil-
ter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Use
of non-genuine parts could dam-
age the air flow sensor.
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FIL-
TER (IF EQUIPPED)
OBK079014
727
Maintenance
2. With the glove box open, remove the
stoppers on both sides to allow the
glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
3. Remove the climate control air filter
case pulling out both sides of the
cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
✽✽
NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the effec-
tiveness of the filter may be reduced.
OBK079016 OBK079017OBK079015
Maintenance
287
WIPER BLADES
G180100AUN
Blade inspection
✽✽
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the wiper blades with foreign matter can
reduce the effectiveness of the wind-
shield wipers. Common sources of con-
tamination are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-
ing properly, clean both the window and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
clean water.
G180200AUN
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean ade-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
1JBA5122
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manual-
ly.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc-
tion and failure.
729
Maintenance
G180201ABK
Front windshield wiper blade
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper
blade assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade
assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
1LDA5023
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
1JBA7037
1JBA7038
OHM078059
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
Maintenance
307
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull
down the blade assembly and remove
it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
OHM078060 OHM078061
731
Maintenance
G190100ABK
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the bat-
tery cables.
BATTERY
OBK079018
WARNING - Battery
dangers
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes and
all other flames or sparks
away from the battery.
Hydrogen, a highly com-
bustible gas, is always
present in battery cells and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batteries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID.
Do not allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel a
pain or a burning sensa-
tion, get medical attention
immediately.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working in
an enclosed space.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
(Continued)
Maintenance
327
G190200AUN
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left on
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-
30A for two hours.
(Continued)
• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-
tery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak, resulting in personal injury.
Lift with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. Never
touch these components with the
engine running or the ignition
switched on.
Failure to follow the above warn-
ings can result in serious bodily
injury or death.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charg-
ing, and stop or reduce the charg-
ing rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if
the temperature of the electrolyte
of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
CAUTION
• When you don’t use the vehicle
for a long time in the low temper-
ature area, separate the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent the battery case dam-
aged in low temperature area.
733
Maintenance
G190300ABK
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery
has been discharged or the battery has
been disconnected.
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Trip computer (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4)
• Audio (See section 4)
WARNING
• Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn off
all accessories and stop the
engine.
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed
last when the battery is discon-
nected.
• Operation related to the battery
should be done in an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
• Keep the battery away from water
or any liquid.
• For your safety, use the authentic-
ity by approved authorized
HYUNDAI dealer, when you
replace the battery.
Maintenance
347
CAUTION
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation also is
possible. Keep your tire pres-
sures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread, and
a greater possibility of dam-
age from road hazards.
TIRES AND WHEELS
G200100AUN
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
G200200AEN
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehi-
cle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
WARNING - Tire underin-
flation
Severe underinflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
OBK089005
735
Maintenance
G200300AUN
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
G200301AEN
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by look-
ing at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle
has been parked for at least
three hours or hasn't been
driven more than 1.6 km (one
mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause acci-
dents. If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
CAUTION
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres-
sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6
psi). Do not release air from
warm tires to adjust the pres-
sure or the tires will be under-
inflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire
inflation valve caps. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture
could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
Maintenance
367
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-
ture.
G200400ABK
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly caus-
ing poor handling, loss of vehi-
cle control, and sudden tire
failure leading to accidents,
injuries, and even death. The
recommended cold tire pres-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the dri-
ver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause acci-
dents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pres-
sure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every
time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehi-
cle.
737
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
✽✽
NOTICE
The front tire size is different from
the rear tire size. So when you rotate
tires, check the tire and wheel size.
G200500AUN
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
OBK079038
Without a spare tire
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause unusu-
al handling characteristics that
could result in death, severe
injury, or property damage.
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
387
G200600ABK
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
Because your vehicle is equipped
with the asymmetric tire, when you
replace the tire, set the inside and
outside of the tire.
The mark INSIDE(1) and OUT-
SIDE(2) is inscribed on the side of
the tire.
The mark INSIDE(1) should be
inside of the vehicle and the mark
OUTSIDE(2) should be outside of
the vehicle.
OBK079047
Tread wear indicator
WARNING - Replacing
tires
To reduce the chance or serious
or fatal injuries from an acci-
dent caused by tire failure or
loss of vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure
in your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never
mix radial and bias-ply tires
on the same car. You must
replace all tires (including the
spare) if moving from radial to
bias-ply tires.
(Continued)
OBK079039
739
Maintenance
G200601AUN
Compact spare tire replacement (if
equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
G200700ABK
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
✽✽
NOTICE
The front tire size is different from
the rear tire size. So when you rotate
tires, check the tire and wheel size.
(Continued)
• Using tires and wheel other
than the recommended sizes
could cause unusual handling
characteristics and poor vehi-
cle control, resulting in a seri-
ous accident.
• Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI’s specifications
may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor
vehicle control.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the size origi-
nally supplied with the vehi-
cle. Using tires of a different
size can cause the ABS (Anti-
lock Brake System) and ESP
(Electronic Stability Program)
to work irregularly.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling
characteristics, ground clear-
ance, body-to-tire clearance,
snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cal-
ibration, headlight aim and
bumper height.
Maintenance
407
G200800AUN
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
G200900AUN
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
G201000ABK
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
G201001AUN
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
G201002ABH
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
225/45R18 91W
225 - Tire width in millimeters.
45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
I030B04JM
1
1
2
3
4
5,6
7
741
Maintenance
91 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.5JX18
7.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
G201003AEN
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1610 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2010.
S 180 km/h (112 mph)
T 190 km/h (118 mph)
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
V 240 km/h (149 mph)
W 270 km/h (168 mph)
Y 300 km/h (186 mph)
Maximum Speed
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maintenance
427
G201004AEN
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
G201005AUN
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
G201006AUN
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
G2010007AEN
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, it is recommended that
tires generally be replaced after
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading condi-
tions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning can result in sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an acci-
dent involving serious injury or
death.
743
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of perform-
ance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and possible sudden
tire failure. This can cause loss
of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
Maintenance
447
FUSES
G210000ABK
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one locat-
ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, the
others in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will be
melted.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge type,
and fusible link for higher amperage rat-
ings.
OBK079042
Normal
Normal
Blade type
Cartridge type
Fusible link
Blown
Blown
Normal Blown
WARNING - Fuse replace-
ment
• Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary
repair. It may cause extensive
wiring damage and a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit
and damage the system.
745
Maintenance
G210100ABK
Instrument panel fuse replace-
ment
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
main fuse box in the engine compart-
ment.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical com-
ponents do not work and the fuses are
OK, check the fuse panel in the engine
compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced.
OBK079019
Maintenance
467
G210101AUN
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with a memory
fuse to prevent battery discharge if your
vehicle is parked without being operated
for prolonged periods. Use the following
procedures before parking the vehicle for
prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.
3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and
pull up the memory fuse.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the memory fuse is pulled up from
the fuse panel, the warning chime,
audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,
will not operate. Some items must be
reset after replacement. Refer to
“Battery” in this section.
• Even though the memory fuse is
pulled up, the battery can still be dis-
charged by operation of the head-
lights or other electrical devices.
G210200AEN
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up.
OBK079020
OBK079021
OBK079048
747
Maintenance
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,
use the fuse puller in the engine com-
partment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
G210201ABK
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel on the right
side in the engine compartment.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the
same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse panel cover. If not,
electrical failures may occur from
water contact.
OBK079022
Maintenance
487
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
G210300ABH
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
Instrument panel fuse panel
Engine compartment fuse panel
OBK079023/OBK079025/OBK079024
749
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
Description Fuse rating Protected component
ABS 7.5A ESP & Rear fog switch, ESP control module, ABS control module, Multipurpose check connector
CLUSTER/ESCL 7.5A Smart key control module, PDM, Sport mode switch, BCM, Instrument cluster (IND.), Multifunction switch
(Remocon)
ESCL 10A PDM, Smart key control module
ESCL SW 10A FOB holder, Start stop button switch
START 10A PDM, E/R junction box(start relay), Ignition switch, Ignition lock switch, ICM relay box(B/Hron relay)
P/OUTLET(FR) 15A Front power outlet
P/OUTLET 15A Console power outlet
AUDIO/ESCL 7.5A Audio, Multimonitor, Power outside mirror & Mirror folding switch, BCM, PDM, Smart key control module
A/BAG 15A SRS control module
T/SIG 10A Hazard switch
B/UP LP 10A Back-up lamp switch (M/T), E/R junction box LH (B/UP LP relay)
HAZARD 10A Hazard switch, ICM Relay box (HAZARD relay)
STOP LP 15A Stop lamp switch
AUTO SHIFT LOCK 7.5A E/R junction box LH (Multipurpose check connector), Data link connector, Sport mode switch, Key solenoid
FOG LP(RR) 10A ICM relay box (Rear fog relay)
P/SEAT(LH) 30A Driver power seat switch
DR LOCK 10A DR LOCK/UNLOCK relay
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument cluster (Air bag IND.)
ECU 10A ECM, TCM, Stop lamp switch, SUB START relay (A/T(G4KF)), Cruise clutch pedal position switch
A/CON 7.5A BCM, A/C control module, Incar temperature sensor, BLOWER relay
Maintenance
507
Description Fuse rating Protected component
WIPER(FR) 25A Multifunction switch (Wiper), Front wiper motor, E/R junction box LH (WIPER (FR) relay)
IGN/ESCL 7.5A PDM, E/R junction box LH (H/LP(HI)/(LO) relay), Vacuum switch, Sunroof control module, Electro chromic mir-
ror, Auto head lamp leveling device sensor, Head lamp leveling device actuator LH/RH
ESCL 25A PDM
P/WDW(LH) 25A Driver safety window module
P/WDW(RH) 25A Passenger safety window module
SEAT HTR(DRI) 10A Driver seat warmer switch
SEAT HTR(ASS) 10A Passenger seat warmer switch
MIRROR HTD 7.5A A/C control module, Power outside mirror LH/RH, Rear defogger (+)
T/LID OPEN 15A Trunk lid & Fuel filler door switch, T/LID relay
AMP 20A AMP
TAIL(LH) 7.5A Head lamp LH, Rear combination lamp LH, E/R junction box LH (FOG LP(FR) relay)
TAIL(RH) 10A Head lamp RH, Rear combination lamp RH, Front license lamp, Glove box lamp, Rheostat, Driver/Passenger
seat warmer switch, ESP & Rear fog switch, Head lamp leveling device switch, Multimonitor, hazard switch,
Audio, Rear license lamp, Driver/Passenger power window switch, Sport mode switch, A/C control module,
USB/AUX jack, Instrument cluster (ILL.), Multifunction switch (Remocon)
P/CON AUDIO 15A Audio
MEMORY 10A Trunk room lamp, Power outside mirror & Mirror folding switch, MAP lamp, Auto light & Photo sensor/Security
indcator, Multimonitor, RF receiver Instrument cluster (MICOM, IND.), A/C control module, BCM, Rear parking
assist buzzer, Door warning switch, Vanity lamp LH/RH
751
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Description Fuse rating Protected component
BATT 2 50A Fuse (STOP 15A, AUTO SHIFT LOCK 7.5A, P/CON (AUDIO 15A, MEMORY 10A), DR LOCK 10A, P/SEAT
(LH) 30A, Fog LP(RR) 10A)
BATT 1 30A Fuse (T/LID OPEN 15A, AMP 20A, HAZARD 10A, ESCL 25A, P/WDW (RH) 25A, P/WDW (LH) 25A, ESCL
10A, ESCL SW 10A)
ALT 150A Generator
ABS-1 40A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multipurpose check connector
ABS-2 40A ESP control module, ABS control module
BLOWER 40A Blower relay
HTD GLASS (RR) 40A HTD glass (RR) relay, Fuse (MIRROR HTD 7.5A)
COOLING FAN 50A Cooling fan (HI) relay, Cooling fan (LO) relay
IGN 1 30A ESCL (IGN1) relay, ESCL (ACC) relay, Ignition switch
IGN 2 40A ESCL (IGN2) relay, Start relay, Ignition switch
B/UP LP 10A B/UP LP relay
HORN 15A Horn relay
H/LP (LO) 20A H/LP (LO) relay, Fuse (H/LP LO RH 15A, H/LP LO LH 15A)
H/LP (HI) 20A H/LP (HI) relay, Instrument cluster, Head lamp LH/RH
VACUUM PUMP 15A Vacuum pump relay
A/CON COMP 10A A/Con relay
FOG LP (FR) 10A FOG LP (FR) relay
TAIL 15A TAIL relay, Fuse (TAIL (LH) 7.5A, TAIL (RH) 10A)
HTD GLASS (FR) 15A HTD glass (FR) relay
DRL, B/HORN 15A ICM Relay box (Burglar alarm horn relay)
S/ROOF 20A Sunroof control module
H/LP LO RH 15A Head lamp RH, Head lamp leveling device actuator RH, Head lamp leveling device switch
H/LP LO LH 15A Head lamp LH, Head lamp leveling device actuator LH
Maintenance
527
Engine compartment sub fuse panel
Description Fuse rating Protected component
B+ 50A Fuse (F/PUMP 20A, ECU-1 10A), Fusible link (ECU 30A)
ECU ECU main relay (ECU-2, SNSR-1, SNSR-2, INJ)
ECU main relay
F/PUMP 20A F/PUMP relay
ECU-1 10A ECM, TCM
INJ 15A Injector, F/PUMP relay, ECM(G6DA)
IGN COIL 20A Ignition coil, Condenser
ECU-2 20A ECM(G4KF)
SNSR-1 10A Oxygen sensor (UP/DOWN), A/CON relay, Cooling fan (HI) relay, Cooling fan (LO) relay, ECM(G6DA), Mass
airflow sensor (G6DA)
SNSR-2 Oil control valve, Canister purge control solenoid valve, Camshaft position sensor, Crankshaft psition sensor,
WGT control solenoid valve, RCV control solenoid valve, Immobilizer module
Oil control valve, Oil control valve(EXHAUST), ECM, Purge control solenoid valve, Immobilizer module
30A
G4KF
G6DA
15A
G4KF
G6DA
753
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
G220000AEN
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
✽✽
NOTICE
After heavy, driving rain or washing,
headlight and taillight lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused by
the temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside. This is similar
to the condensation on your windows
inside your vehicle during the rain and
doesn’t indicate a problem with your
vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp
bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
G220100ABH
Headlight, position light, turn sig-
nal light, front fog light bulb
replacement
(1) Front turn signal light
(2) Headlight (High)/Position light
(3) Headlight (Low)
(4) Front fog light (if equipped)
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure
that the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position and turn off the
lights to avoid sudden movement
of the vehicle and burning your fin-
gers or receiving an electric shock.
CAUTION
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
CAUTION
If you don’t have necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. In many cases, it is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially
true if you have to remove the head-
light assembly to
get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing
the headlight
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
OBK079026
Maintenance
547
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts.
4. Pull the headlight assembly out to the
front of the vehicle. Be careful not to
break up the clip (1) on the inside of
the headlight assembly.
5. Disconnect the power connector(s)
from the back of the headlight assem-
bly.
G220101ABH
Headlight bulb
OHD076046
WARNING -
Halogen bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-
ized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never touch
the glass with bare hands.
Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
(Continued)
OBK079043
OBK079051N
1
(Continued)
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when chang-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
755
Maintenance
6. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counter clockwise.
7. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
8. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining
wire by depressing the end and push-
ing it upward.
9. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
10. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
11. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
12. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
13. Connect the power connector(s) to
the back of the headlight assembly.
14. Reinstall the headlight assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
Turn signal light bulb replacement
6. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counter clock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it until the
tabs on the bulb align with the slots in
the socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
9. Install the socket into the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
OBK079045 OBK079046
Maintenance
567
G220103AEN
Front fog light bulb replacement
1. Remove the front bumper under cover
and reach your hand into the back of
the front bumper.
2. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket counter
clockwise until the tabs on the socket
align with the slots on the housing.
4. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the housing and
turn the socket clockwise.
5. Connect the power connector to the
socket.
6. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.
G220102BEN
Headlight (HID type) bulb replace-
ment
If the light bulb is not operating, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
HID lamps have superior performance
vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are esti-
mated by the manufacturer to last twice
as long or longer than halogen bulbs
depending on their frequency of use.
They will probably require replacement
at some point in the life of the vehicle.
Cycling the headlamps on and off more
than typical use will shorten HID lamps
life. HID lamps do not fail in the same
manner as halogen incandescent lamps.
If a headlamp goes out after a period of
operation but will immediately relight
when the headlamp switch is cycled it is
likely the HID lamp needs to be
replaced. HID lighting components are
more complex than conventional halo-
gen bulbs thus have higher replacement
cost.
OBK079052N
WARNING - HID Headlight
low beam (if equipped)
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low beam (XENON bulb)
due to electric shock danger. If the
low beam (XENON bulb) is not
working, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer.
757
Maintenance
G220200AEN
Side repeater light bulb replace-
ment (if equipped)
If the light bulb is not operating, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
(1) Rear fog light
(2) Back-up light
(3) Rear turn signal light
(4) Stop and tail light
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Remove the service cover by pulling
out the service cover.
OBK049023 OBK079028 OBK079029
Maintenance
587
3. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counter clock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it until the
tabs on the bulb align with the slots in
the socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
6. Install the socket into the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
G220400AEN
High mounted stop light
replacement
If the light is not operating, have the vehi-
cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
G220400ABK
License plate light bulb replace-
ment
1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.
2. Remove the socket by turning the
soket counter clockwise.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket and
install the socket to the lens.
5. Reinstall the lens securely.
OBK079031
OBK079030
OFD067030
759
Maintenance
G220600ABK
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens (map lamp) or lamp (lug-
gage lamp, glove box lamp and sunvi-
sor lamp) from the interior light hous-
ing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OBK079033
OTD079035
Sunvisor lamp
Luggage lamp (if equipped)
OBK079032
OBK079049
Map lamp
Glove box lamp
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF” but-
ton is depressed to avoid burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
Maintenance
607
Exterior care
G230101AUN
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
G230102ABH
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
APPEARANCE CARE
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do
not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
Especailly, with high-pressure
water. Water may leak through the
windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for-
ward speed.
CAUTION
• Water washing in the engine com-
partment including high pressure
water washing may cause the fail-
ure of electrical circuits or engine
and related part located in the
engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electri-
cal/electronic components inside
the vehicle as this may damage
them.
OJB037800
761
Maintenance
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
G230103AUN
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
✽✽
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
G230104AUN
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use a
tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preserva-
tive. If necessary, coat the parts with
non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other
protective compound.
CAUTION
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may result in damage to the pro-
tective coating and cause discol-
oration or paint deterioration.
Maintenance
627
G230105AUN
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may col-
lect on the underbody. If these materials
are not removed, accelerated rusting can
occur on underbody parts such as the
fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust
system, even though they have been
treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and
frame members have drain holes that
should not be allowed to clog with dirt;
trapped water in these areas can cause
rusting.
G230106AUN
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps pre-
vent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any acid detergent. It may
damage and corrode the aluminum
wheels coated with a clear protective
finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for-
ward speed.
763
Maintenance
G230107AUN
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro-
sion, we produces cars of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of the
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your car are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
car.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave unpro-
tected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your car is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly impor-
tant. Some of the common causes of
accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when tempera-
tures are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the car surfaces by mois-
ture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is
slow to dry and holds moisture in contact
with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain the
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis-
persed. For all these reasons, it is par-
ticularly important to keep your car clean
and free of mud or accumulations of
other materials. This applies not only to
the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the car.
Maintenance
647
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from get-
ting started by observing the following:
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your car clean and free of corrosive
materials. Attention to the underside of
the car is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your car at
least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the car,
give particular attention to the compo-
nents under the fenders and other
areas that are hidden from view. Do a
thorough job; just dampening the accu-
mulated mud rather than washing it
away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly effec-
tive in removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your car in a damp, poorly
ventilated garage. This creates a favor-
able environment for corrosion. This is
particularly true if you wash your car in
the garage or drive it into the garage
when it is still wet or covered with snow,
ice or mud. Even a heated garage can
contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-
ly corrosive and may damage painted
surfaces in just a few hours. Always
remove bird droppings as soon as possi-
ble.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor mats
and carpeting to cause corrosion. Check
under the mats periodically to be sure
the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if
you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or
chemicals in the car.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
765
Maintenance
Interior care
G230201AUN
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as per-
fume and cosmetic oil from contacting
the dashboard because they may cause
damage or discoloration. If they do con-
tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-
diately. See the instructions that follow for
the proper way to clean vinyl.
G230202AUN
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
G230203AUN
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-
bing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-
tions provided with the soap. Do not
bleach or re-dye the webbing because
this may weaken it.
G230204AUN
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-
cle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may dam-
age them.
CAUTION
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage to the rear window
defroster grid.
Maintenance
667
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
G270000AEN
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty infor-
mation contained in the Service Passport
in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-
sion control system to meet all applicable
emission regulations.
There are three emission control sys-
tems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is rec-
ommended that you have your car
inspected and maintained by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with
the maintenance schedule in this manu-
al.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Program (ESP) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the Electronic Stability
Program (ESP) system off by press-
ing the ESP switch.
• After dynamometer testing is com-
pleted, turn the ESP system back on
by pressing the ESP switch again.
G270100AUN
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation sys-
tem is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase.This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
G270200AUN
2. Evaporative emission control
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere.
767
Maintenance
G270201AUN
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
G270202AUN
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is con-
trolled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-
ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-
es so that evaporated fuel is not taken
into the engine. After the engine warms-
up during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the
engine.
G270300AUN
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
G270301AUN
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification
may not be covered under warranty.
G270302AUN
Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-
bon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside
your vehicle, have it inspected and
repaired immediately. If you ever sus-
pect exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all the
windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain car-
bon monoxide (CO). Though color-
less and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions on this
page to avoid CO poisoning.
Maintenance
687
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
G270303AEN
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-
line engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of per-
formance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off and descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control sys-
tem. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.
If you run out of gasoline, it could
cause the engine to misfire and result
in excessive loading of the catalytic
converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void your
warranties.
WARNING - Fire
A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehi-
cle. Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable
objects, such as grass, vegetation,
paper, leaves, etc.
8
Dimensions / 8-2
Bulb wattage / 8-2
Tires and wheels / 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4
Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6
Vehicle certification label / 8-6
Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7
Engine number / 8-7
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications & Consumer information
28
Item mm (in)
Overall length 4,630 (182.2)
Overall width 1,865 (73.4)
Overall height 1,385 (54.5)
Front tread 1,603 (63.1) / 1,599 (62.9)*
1
Rear tread 1,619 (63.7) / 1,615 (63.6)*
1
Wheelbase 2,820 (111)
DIMENSIONS
Light Bulb Wattage
Headlights (Low) 55 or 35 (HID)
Headlights (High) 55
Front turn signal lights 21
Front fog lights* 27
Rear fog light* 21
Stop and tail lights 21
Tail light* 5
Rear turn signal lights 21
Back-up lights 16
High mounted stop light* LED
License plate lights 5
Map lamps 10
Luggage lamp* 5
Glove box lamp 5
Vanity mirror lamps* 5
Side repeater light* LED
BULB WATTAGE
* : If equipped
*
1
: with R19 tire
I010000ABH I030000ABH
83
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
I020000ABH
Inflation pressure
bar (psi, kPa)
Front Rear
225/45R18 7.5J×18 2.4 (35, 240) -
245/45R18 8.0J×18 - 2.4 (35,240)
225/40R19 8.0J×19 2.4 (35, 240) -
245/40R19 8.5J×19 - 2.4 (35, 240)
T135/90D17 4.0T×17
4.2 (60, 420) 4.2 (60, 420)
T135/80R18 4.0T×18
Full size tire
Compact
spare tire
Wheel lug nut torque
kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
9~11
(65~79 , 88~107)
Item
Tire
size
Wheel size
Specifications & Consumer information
48
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
I040000ABK
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct
lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
*
1
: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*
3
: If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends
2.0 TCI
For Middle East
5.4 l (5.7 US qt.)
API Service SM*
3
, ILSAC GF-4 or above
Except Middle East 5.3 l (5.6 US qt.)
3.8L
For Middle East
5.2 l
(5.49 US qt.)
Except Middle East
Engine oil
consumption
Normal driving condition
MAX. 1 l /1500 km
-
Severe driving condition
MAX. 1 l /1000 km
-
Automatic
transmission fluid
2.0L
10 l (10.57 US qt.)
APOLLOIL ATF RED-1K
3.8L
9.5 l (10.04 US qt.)
ATF M-1375
Manual
transmission fluid
2.0L
2.0 l (2.11 US qt.)
SAE 75W/85, API GL-4
3.8L
2.2 l (2.32 US qt.)
Power steering
0.9 l (0.95 US qt.)
Pentosin CHF 202
Coolant
2.0L
5.5 l (5.81 US qt.)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
3.8L
9.6 l (10.14 US qt.)
Brake fluid
0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.)
SAE J1703, FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Fuel
65 l (68.69 US qt.)
Unleaded gasoline
Rear axle oil
1.45 l (1.53 US qt.)
API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 (SHELL SPIRAXX)
85
Specifications & Consumer information
I040100AUN
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil
flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and cold
weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for sat-
isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those rec-
ommended could result in engine dam-
age.
When choosing an oil, consider the range
of temperature your vehicle will be oper-
ated in before the next oil change.
Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or drain-
ing any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could
be damaged.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
Gasoline
Engine Oil (3.8L) *
1
Gasoline
Engine Oil (2.0 TCI)
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-
20*
3
(API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select
the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*
2
: In Middle East, do not use the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W-20.
20W-50
10W-30
15W-40
5W-20*
3
(5W-30)
5W-30, 5W-40, 5W-20*
2
Specifications & Consumer information
68
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
H010000AUN
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your car
and in all legal matters pertaining to its
ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger’s seat.
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on the
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
H020000AEN
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
center pillar gives the vehicle identifica-
tion number (VIN).
OBK089001
Frame number
OBK089002OBK089006N
VIN label (if equipped)
87
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
H030000AUN
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perform-
ance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec-
ommended for your car.
ENGINE NUMBER
H04000AUN
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
OBK089003
OBK089004
3.8L
2.0 TCI
OBK089005
I
Index
Index
2
I
Air bags···········································································3-33
Air bag warning label................................................3-51
Air bag warning light ................................................3-36
Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-43
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-39
Side impact air bag....................................................3-41
Air cleaner·······································································7-25
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)········································5-25
Appearance care······························································7-60
Exterior care ······························································7-60
Interior care ·······························································7-65
Ashtray············································································4-92
Audio system ··································································4-97
Aux, USB and iPod···················································4-97
Glass antenna ····························································4-97
Steering wheel audio control ····································4-98
Automatic climate control system ··································4-77
Air conditioning ························································4-82
Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-78
Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-79
Outside thermometer·················································4-95
Automatic transmission ··················································5-16
Ignition key interlock system····································5-20
Shift lock system·······················································5-19
Sports mode·······························································5-18
Battery·············································································7-31
Battery saver function ·····················································4-57
Before driving ···································································5-3
Brake and clutch fluid·····················································7-21
Brake system···································································5-22
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-25
Electronic stability program (ESP) ···························5-27
Parking brake·····························································5-23
Power brakes ·····························································5-22
Bulb replacement ····························································7-56
Front fog light bulb replacement·······························7-54
Headlight bulb replacement ······································7-56
High mounted stop light replacement·······················7-58
Interior light bulb replacement··································7-59
License plate light bulb replacement ························7-58
Rear combination light bulb replacement·················7-57
Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-57
Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-55
Bulb wattage································································8-2
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button··················5-7
A
B
I
3
Index
Capacities (Lubricants) ·····················································8-4
Care
Exterior care ······························································7-60
Interior care ·······························································7-65
Tire care·····································································7-34
Cargo weight···································································5-46
Center console storage····················································4-90
Central door lock switch·················································4-16
Chains
Tire chains ·································································5-43
Changing tires ···································································6-8
Checking tire inflation pressure······································7-35
Child restraint system ·····················································3-24
ISOFIX system ·························································3-30
Tether anchor system·················································3-28
Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-77
Air conditioning ·······················································4-82
Automatic heating and air conditioning ···················4-78
Manual heating and air conditioning ·······················4-79
Outside thermometer·················································4-95
Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-68
Air conditioning ·······················································4-73
Heating and air conditioning·····································4-69
Cigarette lighter ······························································4-91
Climate control air filter········································4-75, 7-26
Clock (Digital) ·······························································4-94
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-37
Compact spare tire ·························································6-13
Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-39
Coolant ···········································································7-18
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-19
Crankcase emission control system ·······························7-66
Cruise control system ····················································5-52
Cup holder ·····································································4-92
Curtain air bag ·······························································3-43
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-37
Dashboard illumination, see instrument
panel illumination ························································4-39
Defogging (Windshield) ················································4-88
Defogging logic (Windshield) ·······································4-89
Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-69
Defrosting (Windshield) ················································4-88
Digital clock ···································································4-94
Dimensions ······································································8-2
Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-37
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination··································································4-39
Door locks·······································································4-14
Central door lock switch ··········································4-16
Drinks holders, see cup holders ·····································4-93
Driver's air bag ·······························································3-39
C
D
Index
4
I
Driving at night ······························································5-39
Driving in flooded areas ················································5-40
Driving in the rain ··························································5-40
Economical operation ····················································5-36
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) ·······································4-34
Electronic stability program (ESP) ································5-27
Emergency commodity ··················································6-19
Emergency starting ··························································6-4
Jump starting ······························································6-4
Push starting ·······························································6-5
Emergency trunk safety release ·····································4-19
Emergency towing ·························································6-17
Emergency while driving ·················································6-2
Emission control system ················································7-66
Crankcase emission control system ·························7-66
Evaporative emission control system ·······················7-66
Exhaust emission control system ·····························7-67
Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2
Engine coolant ·······························································7-18
Engine number ·································································8-7
Engine oil ·······································································7-17
Engine overheats ······························································6-6
Engine start/stop button ···················································5-7
Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-41
Engine will not start ·························································6-3
Evaporative emission control system ····························7-66
Exhaust emission control system ···································7-67
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ················7-14
Exterior care ···································································7-60
Flat tire (with spare tire) ···················································6-7
Changing tires ····························································6-8
Compact spare tire ···················································6-13
Jack and tools ·····························································6-7
Removing and storing the spare tire ··························6-8
Floor mat anchor(s) ·······················································4-96
Fluid
Washer fluid ·····························································7-23
Brake and cluch fluid ···············································7-21
Folding the rear seat ······················································3-11
Front fog light bulb replacement ···································7-56
Front seat adjustment - manual ········································3-4
Front seat adjustment - power ·········································3-9
Fuel filler lid ··································································4-25
Fuel gauge ······································································4-41
Fuel requirements ····························································1-2
Fuses ··············································································7-44
Fuse/relay panel description ····································7-48
Memory fuse ·····························································7-46
Multi fuse ··································································7-47
E
F
I
5
Index
Gauge
Engine temperature gauge·········································4-41
Fuel gauge ································································4-41
Glass antenna ··································································4-97
Glove box ·······································································4-90
Hazard warning flasher ··················································4-56
Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-38
Headlight bulb replacement ···········································7-56
Headlight leveling device ··············································4-62
Headrest ···········································································3-5
Heating and air conditioning ································4-69, 4-78
High mounted stop light replacement ····························7-58
Highway driving ····························································5-41
Hood ···············································································4-24
Horn ···············································································4-32
How to use this manual ···················································1-2
Ignition key interlock system ········································5-20
Immobilizer system ·························································4-3
Indicators and warnings ·················································4-46
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ····················1-5
Instrument cluster ··························································4-37
Engine temperature gauge ········································4-41
Fuel gauge ································································4-41
Instrument panel illumination ··································4-39
Odometer ··································································4-42
Speedometer ·····························································4-40
Tachometer ·······························································4-40
Trip computer ···························································4-43
Warning and indicators ············································4-46
Instrument panel illumination ········································4-39
Instrument panel overview ···············································2-3
Interior care ····································································7-65
Interior features ······························································4-91
Ashtray ·····································································4-92
Cigarette lighter ························································4-91
Cup holder ································································4-92
Digital clock ·····························································4-94
Floor mat anchor(s)···················································4-95
Outside thermometer·················································4-95
Luggage net holder····················································4-96
Power outlet ·····························································4-93
Sunvisor ····································································4-93
Interior light ···································································4-65
Interior light bulb replacement ······································7-59
Interior overview ······························································2-2
Interlock system ·····························································5-20
ISOFIX system ······························································3-30
G
H
I
Index
6
I
Jack and tools····································································6-7
Jump starting·····································································6-4
Key positions ····································································5-4
Keys ··················································································4-3
Label
Air bag warning label················································3-61
Tire sidewall labeling ················································7-40
Tire specification and pressure label···························8-7
Vehicle certification label············································8-6
License plate light bulb replacement······························7-58
Light bulbs ······································································7-53
Front fog light bulb replacement·······························7-56
Headlight bulb replacement ······································7-56
High mounted stop light replacement·······················7-58
Interior light bulb replacement··································7-59
License plate light bulb replacement ························7-58
Rear combination light bulb replacement·················7-57
Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-57
Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-55
Lighting···········································································4-57
Battery saver function ···············································4-57
Lubricants and capacities··················································8-4
Luggage net holder ·························································4-96
Lumbar support·································································3-7
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items···········7-14
Maintenance services ················································· 7-4
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ·············7-12
Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-8
Owner maintenance ····················································7-5
Scheduled maintenance service ··································7-7
Tire maintenance ······················································7-40
Maintenance services ·······················································7-4
Manual climate control system ······································4-68
Air conditioning ·······················································4-73
Climate control air filter ···········································4-75
Heating and air conditioning ····································4-69
Manual heating and air conditioning ·····························4-79
Manual transmission ·······················································5-12
Memory fuse ··································································7-46
Mirrors ···········································································4-33
Day/night rearview mirror ·······································4-33
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·······························4-34
Inside rearview mirror ··············································4-33
L
M
K
J
I
7
Index
Outside rearview mirror ···········································4-34
Multi fuse········································································7-47
Odometer ·······································································4-44
Oil (Engine) ···································································7-17
Outside rearview mirror ·················································4-34
Overheats ·········································································6-6
Owner maintenance ·························································7-5
Parking brake·························································5-23, 7-24
Passenger's front air bag ················································3-39
Power brakes ··································································5-22
Power outlet ···································································4-94
Power steering ································································4-31
Power steering fluid ·······················································7-22
Pre-tensioner seat belt ····················································3-17
Push starting ·····································································6-5
Rear combination light bulb replacement ······················7-57
Rear parking assist system ·············································4-54
Rear seat ·········································································3-11
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-34
Recommended lubricants and capacities ·························8-4
Recommended SAE viscosity number ······················8-5
Remote keyless entry ·······················································4-8
Road warning ···································································6-2
Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-38
Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-7
Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ·············7-12
Seat belt warning ···························································3-15
Seat belts ········································································3-14
Lap/shoulder belt ······················································3-15
Pre-tensioner seat belt ··············································3-17
Seat warmer ·····································································3-8
Seats ·················································································3-2
Folding the rear seat ·················································3-11
Front seat adjustment - manual ··································3-4
Front seat adjustment - power ····································3-9
Headrest ······································································3-5
Lumbar support ··························································3-7
O
P
R
S
Index
8
I
Rear seat ···································································3-11
Seat warmer ································································3-8
Shift lock system ···························································5-19
Side impact air bag ························································3-41
Side repeater light bulb replacement ·····························7-57
Smart key ·········································································4-5
Smooth cornering ···························································5-39
Snow tires ······································································5-42
Spare tire
Compact spare tire ···················································6-13
Compact spare tire replacement ·······························7-39
Removing and storing the spare tire ··························6-8
Special driving conditions ·············································5-38
Driving at night ························································5-39
Driving in flooded areas ···········································5-40
Driving in the rain ····················································5-40
Hazardous driving conditions ··································5-38
Highway driving ·······················································5-41
Rocking the vehicle ··················································5-38
Smooth cornering ·····················································5-39
Speedometer ···································································4-40
Sports mode ···································································5-18
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-3
Starting the engine ····················································5-6, 5-9
Steering wheel ·······························································4-31
Horn ··········································································4-32
Power steering ··························································4-31
Tilt steering ······························································4-32
Steering wheel audio control ·········································4-98
Storage compartment ·····················································4-90
Center console storage ·············································4-90
Glove box ·································································4-90
Sunglass holder ························································4-91
Sunvisor ·········································································4-93
Sunroof············································································4-28
Tachometer ·····································································4-40
Tether anchor system ·····················································3-28
Theft-alarm system ························································4-11
Tilt steering ····································································4-32
Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-7
Tires and wheels ·····················································7-34, 8-3
Checking tire inflation pressure ·······························7-35
Compact spare tire replacement ·······························7-39
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ·············7-34
Tire care ···································································7-34
Tire maintenance ······················································7-40
Tire replacement ·······················································7-39
Tire rotation ······························································7-36
Tire sidewall labeling ···············································7-40
Tire traction ······························································7-40
Wheel alignment and tire balance ····························7-37
Wheel replacement ···················································7-38
Towing ···········································································6-15
T
I
9
Index
Emergency towing ····················································6-17
Removable towing hook ···········································6-16
Trailer towing··································································5-47
Transaxle
Automatic transaxle ·················································5-16
Manual transaxle ······················································5-12
Trip computer ································································4-43
Tripmeter ········································································4-44
Trunk ··············································································4-18
Emergency trunk safety release ·······························4-19
Turn signal light bulb replacement ································7-55
Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-4
Vehicle certification label ················································8-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·······························8-6
Vehicle weight ·······························································5-46
Base curb weight ······················································5-46
Cargo weight ····························································5-46
GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-46
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-46
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-46
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-46
Washer fluid ···································································7-23
Warnings and indicators ················································4-46
Weight ············································································5-46
Base curb weight ······················································5-46
Cargo weight ····························································5-46
GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-46
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)····························5-46
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)····································5-46
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·······················5-46
Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-37
Wheel replacement ·························································7-39
Windows ·········································································4-20
Auto up/down window ··············································4-21
Window opening and closing····································4-21
Windshield defrosting and defogging·····························4-87
Defogging logic·························································4-89
Winter driving ·································································5-42
Snow tires··································································5-42
Tire chains ·································································5-43
Wiper blades ···································································7-28
Wipers and washers ························································4-63
V
W
